EVE Search - FACTION STANDING REPAIR PLAN

Check My IP Information

All Channels

Missions & Complexes

FACTION STANDING REPAIR PLAN

» Click here to find additional results for this topic using Google

Monitor this thread via RSS [?]

Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .. 15 :: [one page]

Author	Thread Statistics \| Show CCP posts - 1 post(s)
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.04 05:39:00 - [1] Introduction I had done a lot of missions for Thukker Mix Corp when I noticed that my Faction Standings with Gallente, Caldari, Amarr and Ammatar had dropped drastically. After doing some research I came up with this 'Plan'. I also noticed quite a few players have posted in the Forums asking 'How to raise Faction Standings' and/or 'Is it possible to have positive Standings with all of the main Factions'? The answer is this 'Plan' and while writing this post I decided to include as much information as I could. Please excuse me if it gets a little off-track. While working this 'Plan', talk to all the agents and if it's a one part mission that doesn't say storyline and have a good reward, then decline it. Usually the multi part missions are storyline. Always read the Agent mission briefing first and get the mission item before accepting whenever possible. Most of the Cosmos mission items can be bought from contracts if needed. Don't be afraid or ashamed to ask for help. Some of the Cosmos missions as well as the rewards have been changed a little but most of the information is still good in these links. If anyone has any related or more current guide links, please post them and I'll be sure to update/edit this 'Plan'. Also need walk-thru guide links for all Caldari Cosmos missions and the level 4 Amarr Cosmos missions. I hope you understand this plan and if started, should be continued until completed so as not to lose any Faction gains you have achieved. When you start doing regular missions again, decline all encounter missions that are against the main Factions. You can do a set of missions (16 + storyline) for each Faction to maintain the standings. Copy, paste and bookmark these links into external computer (Out of game) browser for future reference. Thank you and I wish you all good luck. = Low Security Status You need to be able to enter 1.0 High Security Systems to work this 'Plan'. http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Security_status#Security_Status_and_Traveling_Restrictions Train this skill - Fast Talk You will have to do some ratting (Kill NPC Pirates) either in Asteroid Belts, DED Deadspace Complexes or Exploration Sites ('Unknown' Cosmic Signatures and/or Cosmic Anomalys). The goal here is to increase your Security Status quickly so you'll want to go after the higher level NPC Pirates (Rats). http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Belt_rat_spawns http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Ratting_tactics (Based on 0.0 Security Systems, Low Security Systems will have about half as many NPC's in the spawn) http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Deadspace#How_do_I_Find_a_System_with_a_Deadspace_Complex.3F http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Category:Complexes http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Exploration_guide http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Apocrypha_probing http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Category:Exploration (Can check gates to 'Unknown' sites while in pod to see ship class allowed) Once your Security Status is above -2.00 you can now start working the 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' which will be posted next.
JordanParey Minmatar Suddenly Ninjas	Posted - 2010.02.04 05:55:00 - [2] first. Also, much of the information in the op is well-known, perhaps you could have saved yourself some time and just posted this (hopefully decent) plan by itself?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.04 05:58:00 - [3] Faction Standing Repair Plan Social, Diplomacy, Connections, Negotiation. (Train these skills to max level as soon as possible) REMEMBER - All of these agent's missions can only be done once for Faction Standing boost. Do not fail, quit or let these mission offers expire. Pick the highest unfriendly Faction that you have standing with and do all of the Tutorial/Career Agent missions for that Faction. http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Tutorial_Agents After completing all 15 Tutorial Agent missions and all 15 Career Agent missions, now do the Circle Agent missions. http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Circle_Agents After completing all the circle Agent missions, now do the level 1 Data Center Agent 'Cert' missions. After you have completed the 3rd 'Cert' mission, take one of the certs to the agent listed on the certificate. That agent will give you a multi part storyline mission in which you will meet another storyline agent. After completing all those missions, turn in tags to complete the rest of the level 1 Data Center Agent missions. http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Data_Centers After completing all the level 1 Data Center Agent missions, now do the level 1 Cosmos Agent missions. http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/COSMOS_constellation (List of Cosmos Agent locations) http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Amarr_Cosmos_%28Guide%29 (Amarr Cosmos walk-thru guide) http://www.eve-odessa.com/guides/en/cosmos.html (Minmatar/Gallente Cosmos walk-thru guide) After completing all the level 1 Cosmos Agent missions, go do all of the above agent missions for that factions ally. -Allied Factions- Amarr and Caldari Gallente and Minmatar By now you should have completed all Tutorial, Career, Circle, level 1 Data Center and level 1 Cosmos Agent missions for both unfriendly factions. Now go back to the faction you started with and continue with the level 2 Data Center Agents and the level 2 Cosmos Agents. Then do the same with it's allied faction. REMEMBER - Always check the standings with all the main factions after completing a set of agents. You should notice a big difference in the standings now and can continue with the Data Center Agents and the level 3 Cosmos Agents. You might have to stop half way through one factions set of agents and 'Bounce' over to another faction. The faction standings will do a 'sea saw' while working this 'Plan'. You'll have to watch your standings and bounce back and forth between each faction until all are up and you have completed all of the agent missions. At some point while working this 'Plan' you might not be able to access the next level agent. Don't worry, the answer to that will be posted next.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.04 06:11:00 - [4] Faction Standing Repair Plan = Stuck - Can't access next level of agent While doing this 'Plan', you might get stuck and won't be able to access or continue to the next level of Data Center Agents or Cosmos Agents. If this happens you will have to do some regular NPC Corporation missions (16 + storyline) until you have gained the required Faction or Corporation standing to continue with this 'Plan'. REMEMBER - Always decline all encounter missions that are against any of the main Factions (Amarr, Caldari,Gallente, Minmatar) My advice is to do missions for the highest level/quality agent available to you in the Divisions that give a lot of Courier missions because these can be done very quickly. The goal here is to get back to working the 'Plan' asap. Agent Divisions http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Agent#Agent_Missions (The 100% Courier mission type Divisions in this link is inaccurate, you will also be offered a small % of the other mission types as well) You can either do missions for the Data Center Agent NPC Corporations or the faction's RnD Corporations which would help you gain access to Research Agents as well. http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Research_agent (This has list of all R&D Corporations in each Faction) Since Cosmos Agents like to send you into Low Security Systems, I decided to include 'Staying Safe' as the last part of the 'Plan' to be posted next.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.04 06:33:00 - [5] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 04/02/2010 06:34:54 Faction Standing Repair Plan = Staying safe - Low and Null Security Systems Some of the Cosmos Missions as well as Expeditions gained from exploration sites will send you into or through Low Security Systems (0.4 to 0.1) and/or Null Security Systems (0.0). My advice is to use a ship that allows a Covert Ops cloak module to be fitted and make safe spots. http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Rookie_Lowsec_Survival_Guide http://wiki.eveonline.com/wiki/Safe_spot http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Traveling_in_Low_Security (Old guide but has some good tips) (My Advice) For Low/Null Security travel, set up an overview tab with planets, stations and gates showing. This will enable you to select and click very fast without a lot of searching. If just passing through a Low Security System, your ship will have gate cloak for about 30 seconds after you enter the system. Click on the next gate and select 'Warp to 0km' and then activate the Covert Ops cloak IMMEDIATELY. With high skill level and a good ship fit, you should be going into warp about the time the gate cloak wears off and in less than one second the Covert Ops cloak is on. Watch the cloak module cycle and warp speed indicator. When the ship comes out of warp and the green flashing cycle on the cloak module stops you'll be at the gate, click jump in the 'selected item' box IMMEDIATELY (You'll be cloaked from view while doing the jump). For a Courier mission to a station in a Low Security System, after entering the system and still cloaked by the gate, click on the station and select 'Warp to 100km' and activate the Covert Ops cloak IMMEDIATELY. When you arrive at the station, stay cloaked, click the 'Look' option on the station and locate which side is the exit for the station. Maneuver your ship (still cloaked) so that it's on the exit side while keeping distance/range from it. Get in line with the exit point of the station at the same elevation (Use the Tactical Screen to get ship aligned) and proceed in a straight line away from it. Do this until the station is anywhere from 500km to 1000km away and then make a Bookmark for your Insta-Undock safe spot. Click the dock option for the station and turn off the Covert Ops cloak while in warp to the station. (If still cloaked the ship will not Auto dock and then you'll have to click dock again after the cloak wears off) For leaving the station, as soon as space shows (After the black screen/session change), IMMEDIATELY right click in space for your Insta-Undock bookmark and select 'Warp to 0'. Your ship should almost instantly go into warp. Activate the Covert Ops cloak while in warp so you'll be cloaked and hidden from scan/view when you arrive at the Insta-Undock bookmark. REMEMBER - Never warp from gate to gate when in Null (0.0) Security Systems. Warp Disruption Fields (Warp Bubbles) are usually set up in line between and/or around/near gates. Warp to a planet or star first and then warp to 70km to 100km to the next gate and check to make sure no Bubbles are set up. If Warp Bubbles are set up near the gate, maneuver your ship so that it has a clear path to the gate. You can continue going towards the gate at subwarp speed while cloaked or proceed straight away from the gate until the gate is about 200km away. You should then be able to 'warp to 0' without getting caught in the Warp Bubbles. After jumping through a gate and you see Warp Bubbles near you, look for a planet, star or asteroid belt icon that doesn't have the bubbles between your ship and them. Select one and warp to 100km and activate the Covert Ops cloak IMMEDIATELY. If the situation goes from bad to worse and you see a lot of Warp Bubbles and players in the system, just set up a safe spot and Log Out. Just be sure to activate cloak when you log back in
Croix Kun	Posted - 2010.02.04 06:42:00 - [6] Originally by: JordanParey Also, much of the information in the op is well-known, perhaps you could have saved yourself some time and just posted this (hopefully decent) plan by itself? There is a 5 minutes waiting period to post on this forum. And a 4.000 characters limit per post.
Millimage Minmatar Republic Military School	Posted - 2010.02.04 07:22:00 - [7] Very nice guide. Thanks. ______________________ My EVE blog
Captain Gelic	Posted - 2010.02.04 07:47:00 - [8] You're the man DMC. Great job!
Vaerah Vahrokha Minmatar Brutor tribe	Posted - 2010.02.04 09:09:00 - [9] Quote: If this happens you will have to do some regular NPC Corporation missions (16 + storyline) until you have gained the required Faction or Corporation standing to continue with this 'Plan'. The guide is pretty nice, but I have a question. As far as I know, doing the storyline tanks the opposite factions standings in any case (is this true? To me it looks so), so you seem going one step ahead and at least 1 backwards? - Auditing and consulting Before asking for investors, please read http://tinyurl.com/n5ys4h and http://tinyurl.com/lrg4oz
Banana Torres The Green Banana Corporation	Posted - 2010.02.04 09:15:00 - [10] Edited by: Banana Torres on 04/02/2010 09:16:17 Originally by: Vaerah Vahrokha As far as I know, doing the storyline tanks the opposite factions standings in any case (is this true? To me it looks so), so you seem going one step ahead and at least 1 backwards? More like one step forward half a step back. Edit: To the OP, you missed doing the Sisters of Eve Epic Arc.

Fairhand 101st Covert Ops C. O. R. E.	Posted - 2010.02.04 12:05:00 - [11] It starts off as one step forwards and half a step back, but as your standings with a pair of opposing factions get higher, the step forward gets smaller and any steps back get bigger. Eventually you will reach the point where they all balance out. Your standing with (say) Gallente gets so high that any forward gain is small and your (say) Caldari standing is also so high that any backward steps are now big enough that they balance out.
Jagga Spikes Minmatar Tribal Liberation Force	Posted - 2010.02.04 13:08:00 - [12] Originally by: Vaerah Vahrokha ... As far as I know, doing the storyline tanks the opposite factions standings in any case (is this true? To me it looks so), so you seem going one step ahead and at least 1 backwards? EVE standing mechanics any faction standing gain is followed by appropriate loss. loss is always lower than gain, expressed in percents. gain is calculated as percentile reduction of difference between +10.00 and current standing. loss is calculated as percentile reduction between -10.00 and current standing. example 1: faction A 0.00 faction B 0.00 if character gains 10% increase to faction A this will be +1.00 effective standing. also, there will be accompanying loss of 5% to faction B, which means -0.50. as can be seen, one can alternate between factions to improve both. however, there is a break point eventually. example 2: faction A 3.33 faction B 3.33 same 10% increase to faction A will be +0.67 increase to effective standing. loss of 5% to faction B will be -0.67 reduction. as Fairhand said, "step forward gets smaller and any steps back get bigger". note that there will always be factions that will inevitably tank, as opposing factions can have common enemy. even if only courier missions are performed, keeping empire faction positive, will tank pirate factions, as well as some other. to keep all options open, most optimal solution would be to never do any action that modify faction standing, and always have someone else do the "dirty work". ________________________________ : Forum Bore 'Em : Foamy The Squirrel
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.06 01:35:00 - [13] Thank you all for your input and information. This 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' is exactly what the title says it is. A way to repair bad standings with unfriendly Factions while also keeping the friendly Faction Standings at a positive level. The reason I didn't include the Epic Arc missions is that they are rather long and the purpose of this plan is to increase the Faction Standings as quickly as possible. After the 'Plan' is completed, you should be able to do the Epic Arc missions. You might have to do a little bit more grinding of regular missions + storyline for the different Factions but your standings should be very close to gain access to those Agents. As I said in an earlier post, I currently have about 2/3rds of this plan completed and when I finish, I'll be sure to post the results with all of the main Factions.
Jowen Datloran Caldari Science and Trade Institute	Posted - 2010.02.06 09:07:00 - [14] Edited by: Jowen Datloran on 06/02/2010 09:07:50 Originally by: Jagga Spikes any faction standing gain is followed by appropriate loss. Let me emphasize once again that this no longer holds true. Completing epic arc missions provide you with a great standing gain (+12.0) with no derived gains or losses. ---------------- Mr. Science & Trade Institute
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.08 22:47:00 - [15] Just a little background information on my skill level, standings, completed tags and agent types I already had before I started this 'Plan'. Skills Social = level 4 Diplomacy = level 4 Connections = level 3 Faction Standings Ammatar = -4.89 Amarr = -2.76 Caldari = -0.28 Gallente = +0.25 Minmatar = +7.63 Thukker = +6.87 Pirate Tags Minmatar = Angel Copper, Bronze and Silver. Gallente = Serpentis Copper, Bronze. Agent type Minmatar = All Tutorial, Career, Circle, 1/2 of level 3 and all lower Cosmos Agents. Gallente = All Level 2 and lower Cosmos Agents.
jetfighter	Posted - 2010.02.09 09:52:00 - [16] bookmark
Vaerah Vahrokha Minmatar Brutor tribe	Posted - 2010.02.09 10:01:00 - [17] @DeMichel I think connections really really deserves to be brought up to 4. - Auditing and consulting Before asking for investors, please read http://tinyurl.com/n5ys4h and http://tinyurl.com/lrg4oz
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.09 10:22:00 - [18] Yeah, that was just a list of what I HAD already completed before I started working the 'Plan' When I started working the 'Plan', I trained Social to lv 5, and Connections to lv 4. I'll post an update of my standings as well as completed Data Center and Cosmos agent missions next time I log on.
Disunia Vertas Caldari	Posted - 2010.02.09 21:07:00 - [19] I'm looking at fixing my standing with the Amarr Empire.. However Amarr is at -6.30 and Caldari at -4.09. How do i start raising these standings? Afaik the tutorial agents only talk to you above -2.0?
Lopaton	Posted - 2010.02.09 21:32:00 - [20] afaik level 1 agents are available at any standing (though at less than -5 you will get problems with navy ships)

Contralto GCHQ	Posted - 2010.02.09 21:44:00 - [21] Im currently repairing Amarr faction standings, I did the Sisters arc and chose the Amarr commander at the end for the Dagan kill. I received an 8.75% gain in standings which translated to -5.3 up to -4.01, both figures after diplomacy V. I had previously done several hundred Ammatar lvl 1 missions (for the derived standings which strangely enough are more than direct lvl 1 Amarr missions, and with no standing loss to Gallente or Minmatar) with painfully slow progress, something like -5.9 to -5.3. I now plan to rerun the 50 arc missions every 3 months to fine tune all 4 faction standings without penalizing any.
Mara Rinn	Posted - 2010.02.09 23:09:00 - [22] @DMC - you should consider putting this onto the Wiki, and tagging it as a Guide! Nice work assembling all those resources! [Aussie players: join channels ANZAC or AUSSIES]
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.10 21:19:00 - [23] Originally by: Disunia Vertas I'm looking at fixing my standing with the Amarr Empire.. However Amarr is at -6.30 and Caldari at -4.09. How do i start raising these standings? Afaik the tutorial agents only talk to you above -2.0? All level 1 quality 0 and lower agents are available to everyone now. Train Diplomacy and work the Caldari agents listed in the 'Plan'. After you have completed those, you should be able to bounce over to Amarr. The 'Plan' will work. Just follow it and you shouldn't have any problems.
Grimstate Amarr Imperial Academy	Posted - 2010.02.11 06:23:00 - [24] Edited by: Grimstate on 11/02/2010 06:25:47 Um I have -6.01 standings with Gal. How do I complete the tutorial agent missions if my ship is blown up every time by their navies? Oh and the Sister of EVE arc missions are in Gal space so that means I cant do that either.
Disunia Vertas Caldari	Posted - 2010.02.11 06:44:00 - [25] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson All level 1 quality 0 and lower agents are available to everyone now. Train Diplomacy and work the Caldari agents listed in the 'Plan'. After you have completed those, you should be able to bounce over to Amarr. The 'Plan' will work. Just follow it and you shouldn't have any problems. Thanks, will start with that then. :) @Poster above me; Your standing with Minmatar will probably be between 0 and -5 so you can start doing missions with them. Doing missions for the 'allies' of Gallente will bring your standing with Gallente up.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.11 06:58:00 - [26] Originally by: Grimstate Edited by: Grimstate on 11/02/2010 06:25:47 Um I have -6.01 standings with Gal. How do I complete the tutorial agent missions if my ship is blown up every time by their navies? Oh and the Sister of EVE arc missions are in Gal space so that means I cant do that either. First, Do not accept any more encounter missions against any of the main factions. Second, Train the Diplomacy skill. Also train Social skill. Hopefully Gallente is the lowest 'Unfriendly' Faction Standing you have. If so, then Minmatar should be the highest 'Unfriendly' Faction Standing. Gallente is allied with Minmatar. If Minmatar is above -5.00, then start working the 'Plan' with Minmatar until you can enter Gallente space. I hope this answers your question.
Grimstate Amarr Imperial Academy	Posted - 2010.02.12 00:54:00 - [27] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Originally by: Grimstate Edited by: Grimstate on 11/02/2010 06:25:47 Um I have -6.01 standings with Gal. How do I complete the tutorial agent missions if my ship is blown up every time by their navies? Oh and the Sister of EVE arc missions are in Gal space so that means I cant do that either. First, Do not accept any more encounter missions against any of the main factions. Second, Train the Diplomacy skill. Also train Social skill. Hopefully Gallente is the lowest 'Unfriendly' Faction Standing you have. If so, then Minmatar should be the highest 'Unfriendly' Faction Standing. Gallente is allied with Minmatar. If Minmatar is above -5.00, then start working the 'Plan' with Minmatar until you can enter Gallente space. I hope this answers your question. Yes it does. Though via sheer persistence I've been running these tutorial agent missions with n00b ships and I've lost more then a few but have been slowly knocking out these agent's missions.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.16 12:30:00 - [28] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Just a little background information on my skill level, standings, completed tags and agent types I already had before I started this 'Plan'. Skills Social = level 4 Diplomacy = level 4 Connections = level 3 Faction Standings Ammatar = -4.89 Amarr = -2.76 Caldari = -0.28 Gallente = +0.25 Minmatar = +7.63 Thukker = +6.87 Pirate Tags Minmatar = Angel Copper, Bronze and Silver. Gallente = Serpentis Copper, Bronze. Agent type Minmatar = All Tutorial, Career, Circle, 1/2 of level 3 and all lower Cosmos Agents. Gallente = All Level 2 and lower Cosmos Agents. This is an update on my current statistics from working the 'Plan'. Skills Social = level 5 Connections = level 4 Diplomacy = level 4 Negotiation = level 4 Data Center (Tags completed) Minmatar = Angel Palladium and lower Gallente = Serpentis Silver and lower Caldari = Guristas Crystal and lower - need Brass Amarr = Blood Crystal and lower - need Gold Ammatar = Sansha Crystal and lower - need Gold Agent type completed Main Factions = All Tutorial, Career and Circle Agents Caldari = 1/2 of level 3 and all lower Cosmos Agents Amarr = All level 3 and lower Cosmos Agents Minmatar = 1/2 of level 3 and all lower Cosmos Agents Gallente = All level 2 and lower Cosmos Agents Faction Standings Caldari = +6.30 Ammatar = +5.19 Amarr = +5.08 Minmatar = +3.06 Gallente = +1.95 I will be doing a bit of mission grinding for the Gallente Data Center Agent Corporation (Federation Navy) until I have Corp or Faction Standing of +3.00 for access to the Gallente Data Center Agent (Lv2/Q20) and complete the 'Brass' Tag mission. Then I'll do a bit more mission grinding until I have Corp or Faction Standing of +4.00 for access to Gallente Data Center Agent (Lv3/Q0) and complete the 'Palladium' Tag mission. By then I should have access to the Gallente Cosmos Lv 3 Agents. While working the Level 3 Cosmos Agents for Gallente, I'll check my standings and will probably have to 'bounce' to Caldari Level 3 Cosmos Agents and then 'bounce' to Minmatar Level 3 Cosmos Agents until I have completed all of them. I'll be sure to keep you all informed of my statistics while I'm working this 'Faction Standing Repair Plan'.
GoldenBears	Posted - 2010.02.22 20:52:00 - [29] DMC, a couple questions: 1) How long (# of missions & time) did it take to bring standing up your latest standings? 2) Did you run courier missions mostly? 3) Do combat missions give better standing than couriers?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.23 05:38:00 - [30] Originally by: GoldenBears DMC, a couple questions: 1) How long (# of missions & time) did it take to bring standing up your latest standings? 2) Did you run courier missions mostly? 3) Do combat missions give better standing than couriers? 1) Well, I started working this 'Plan' about 2 months ago. All the agents - Tutorial, Career, Circle, Data Center and Cosmos - give Faction Standing Boost. 2) The Missions I got from those agents equal out to about half courier and half combat. 3) If grinding for Corporation standings, the Combat missions will give you higher standings faster. This has a couple of problems though, you'll get offered a few encounter missions against one of the other main Factions which should be declined. The idea is to raise Faction Standings with the least amount of negative standing hit incurred. The encounter missions also take longer to complete than the courier missions. If going for Storyline missions to raise Faction standing then the courier missions is faster. For about a week now I've been doing regular mission grinding for Gallente Data Center Corporation (Federation Navy) to get the required Corp standing to access the next level of Data Center Agents for Faction Standing boost. I've been doing combat missions for Agents in the corps Command Division. I've had to turn down several regular missions as well as 3 Storyline missions since they were against one of the other main Factions. This is fast for Corp standing but slow for Faction standing. As soon as I have +4.00 Gallente Faction Standing, I'll be able to start working the level 3 Cosmos Agents. I now have +5.61 with Federation Navy and have accessed a few of the Data Center Agents for Gallente. I'll continue grinding missions for that corp until I have the required corp standing to access the last two Gallente Data Center Agents (+6.00 and +7.00). Hopefully then the Gallente Faction Standing will be high enough to start doing the Gallente level 3 Cosmos Agents (+4.00). My current statistics. Skills Social = level 5 Connections = level 4 Diplomacy = level 4 Negotiation = level 4 Data Center (Tags completed) Minmatar = Angel Palladium and lower Gallente = Serpentis Crystal and lower - need Brass & Gold Caldari = Guristas Crystal and lower - need Brass Amarr = Blood Crystal and lower - need Gold Ammatar = Sansha Crystal and lower - need Gold Agent type completed Main Factions = All Tutorial, Career and Circle Agents Caldari = 1/2 of level 3 and all lower Cosmos Agents Amarr = All level 3 and lower Cosmos Agents Minmatar = 1/2 of level 3 and all lower Cosmos Agents Gallente = All level 2 and lower Cosmos Agents Faction Standings Caldari = +5.91 Amarr = +4.93 Ammatar = +4.92 Minmatar = +3.39 Gallente = +2.43 The reason for doing Gallente is because Caldari is really high and Gallente is really low. I haven't done any of the level 3 Gallente Cosmos Agent missions yet and I still have half of the Caldari Cosmos Agents left to complete. I can take Caldari Faction Standing down to just above +4.00 and still be able to access those agents. As I said before, I'll have to keep watch on my standings and 'Bounce' between Gallente, Caldari and Minmatar until all of the level 3 Cosmos Agents are completed. I'm sorta 'stuck' right now since I decided to finish all of the Amarr level 3 Cosmos Agents instead of doing the 'Bounce'. I had decided it was easier to bring Gallente and Minmatar back up and didn't want to chance not being able to access Amarr again. Besides, Caldari will help bring Amarr up while doing the rest of the Caldari level 3 Cosmos Agents. I'll post my statistics again after I get back to working the main part of this 'Faction Standing Repair Plan'.

nivinha	Posted - 2010.02.23 11:09:00 - [31] hi there First off all , congratz on the great guide I started doing the data center agents but got stuck with the high prices tags are going . weird stuff is that is easy to buy guristas diamond tags than guristas copper, silver and so on because they are cheaper i tryed moving along doing some belts but i only got 2 copper tags. Do you know were are the best places to collect th tags the agent¦s are after. Thx in advance
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.24 02:07:00 - [32] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 24/02/2010 02:13:03 Originally by: nivinha hi there First off all , congratz on the great guide I started doing the data center agents but got stuck with the high prices tags are going . weird stuff is that is easy to buy guristas diamond tags than guristas copper, silver and so on because they are cheaper i tryed moving along doing some belts but i only got 2 copper tags. Do you know were are the best places to collect th tags the agent¦s are after. Thx in advance Thank you. As for buying the Tags, most of the time the big trade hubs, Jita, Rens, ect will have all of them for sale in the market but most of them will be expensive. Also the regions where the Data Centers are located the tags will also be high priced. If you belong to a private player chat channel or NPC corp chat channel, usually those players will have some and will probably give you a good deal on the price. Sometimes you might be able to find a deal in the contracts but that's very rare. I check the different region markets (not major trade hubs) while traveling and ask others in corp or player chat channels to do a price check (usually from major trade hubs). If it's a good deal, I'll go to that region or have them buy it for me and place the tags in a private contract to me. If the region I'm in has a better deal, I'll buy them. I even buy them in advance if the price is good and let them sit in station since I know I'll be needing them later. A couple of times I have placed Buy orders for the tags in Rens which usually takes a couple of weeks to fill. I don't like to pay over 2 mill per tag and definitely won't pay 3 mill or above which is why I'm missing some of the tags. Mainly Brass and Gold. You can find the tags doing regular missions against Pirate NPC Factions, ratting in the belts, running the DED Deadspace Complexes and also the exploration combat sites found by scanning but that takes a long time and you won't always get the type of tag you're looking for or need. The markets is the fastest way to get the tags. You just have to decide if you want to pay market seller price or place a buy order and wait for it to fill. Course you'll have to set the buy order price higher than all the others if you want it to be filled quickly. Either way it's faster than trying to collect the tags from the wrecks of Pirate Faction NPC's that you've killed.
nivinha	Posted - 2010.02.24 12:44:00 - [33] Thx for the quick reply I guess i will put some buy order¦s arround and see if they will get filled. Again m8 Great guide
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.25 02:38:00 - [34] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 25/02/2010 02:39:00 Thanks, I hope you haven't accepted the Data Center 'Tag' mission yet. You can always decline it and when you're ready, go talk to the agent again.
nivinha	Posted - 2010.02.25 12:49:00 - [35] cool You took a big weight from my shoulder¦s because i¦ve opened all the data center missions but only acepted the ones i could do So, you mean that i can decline all the tags missions and come back when i¦m ready? Cuz i wuz under the impression that if i started a conversation with the agent and the mission time expired i couldn¦t talk to them again Thx for the info
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.26 04:47:00 - [36] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 26/02/2010 04:54:55 Yes, decline them before the mission offers expire, if you haven't accepted yet, just talk to agent again and select 'Decline'. Agent will be disappointed but you won't lose standing and you can always go back later when you have the tags. If you do accept, make sure you complete the mission. The links/URL's in this thread will give you all the info needed so you can be prepared to complete those missions before you even talk to the agents.
Vaerah Vahrokha Minmatar Vahrokh Consulting	Posted - 2010.02.26 09:18:00 - [37] Is it possible to have a plan where my standings (9+) with some factions won't drop to like 5 or so, while rising the opponent factions standings? - Auditing and consulting Before asking for investors, please read http://tinyurl.com/n5ys4h and http://tinyurl.com/lrg4oz
Dacryphile	Posted - 2010.02.26 17:41:00 - [38] Originally by: Mara Rinn @DMC - you should consider putting this onto the Wiki, and tagging it as a Guide! Nice work assembling all those resources! seconded. This really needs to be in the wiki. Originally by: Doc Robertson ...take a good look at this pic and tell us which one is you.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.02.27 04:17:00 - [39] Originally by: Vaerah Vahrokha Is it possible to have a plan where my standings (9+) with some factions won't drop to like 5 or so, while rising the opponent factions standings? Wow, I don't know about that.......yet. Maybe if a brand new character started working this 'Plan' right from the start and completed it, then completed all of the Epic Arc's (SOE and the lv 4's) and also declined all regular combat missions against any of the main Factions, they just might get close to that. Like I said, I don't know.......yet. --------------------------------------------------- Dacryphile, thanks. I'm not sure how to submit it. Probably after I complete this 'Plan' along with the lv 4 Epic Arc's, I'll look into it.
Maluno Amarr ZCMI Magnum Opus.	Posted - 2010.03.10 09:29:00 - [40] Is it possible to run the Sisters of Eve arc more than once?

Mather Odile	Posted - 2010.03.12 11:18:00 - [41] Congrats for your work on that plan, but one thing comes to my mind; Apart from access to all empire systems which can be done with an alt too, what are the benefits of keeping all positive standings? If, as it seems right now, you cant get standings above 4 with all of the factions, you wont have access to L4 and L3 Q20 agents. Is it probably a randomly choosen goal to achive? I recently decided to do all the missions I get offered at least for the next few days, cause I was tired of declining every second mission.
OtoBnAggie	Posted - 2010.03.16 19:08:00 - [42] First of all, thank you for compiling all of this in one place! I have an easy question. How many times can you run a mission for a faction increase. The reason that I ask this is because I am confused by some of the instructions in your initial post. I think that I am understanding that it only is beneficial to run the tutorial/career agent missions once. I do not understand where you get 15 and 15 as it seems to be over 40 missions just in one of the three sectors per race. But I think you are saying only run those sets of missions once for each race and I can just pick the closest Solar system to me. However, in the Data center Agents I think I am understanding your instructions to be that i should get all three certificates and run These sets of missions in ALL of the solar systems where it is offered? So Unlike the tutorial career agents, it is actually beneficial to run these in all the places they are offered? Thanks! Oto
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.03.17 00:52:00 - [43] Originally by: Mather Odile Congrats for your work on that plan, but one thing comes to my mind; Apart from access to all empire systems which can be done with an alt too, what are the benefits of keeping all positive standings? If, as it seems right now, you cant get standings above 4 with all of the factions, you wont have access to L4 and L3 Q20 agents. Is it probably a randomly choosen goal to achive? I recently decided to do all the missions I get offered at least for the next few days, cause I was tired of declining every second mission. You CAN get standings above +4.0 with all of the main factions which is what this 'Plan' will do if you follow it. I am about 2/3rds done with this 'Plan' and my current statistics are: Skills Social = level 5 Connections = level 4 Diplomacy = level 4 Negotiation = level 4 Data Center (Tags completed) Minmatar = Angel Palladium and lower Gallente = Serpentis Diamond and lower - need Brass and Gold Caldari = Guristas Crystal and lower - need Brass Amarr = Blood Crystal and lower - need Gold Ammatar = Sansha Crystal and lower - need Gold Agent type completed Main Factions = All Tutorial, Career and Circle Agents Caldari = 1/2 of level 3 and all lower Cosmos Agents Amarr = All level 3 and lower Cosmos Agents Minmatar = 1/2 of level 3 and all lower Cosmos Agents Gallente = All level 2 and lower Cosmos Agents Faction Standings Caldari = +5.28 Ammatar = +4.49 Amarr = +4.42 Minmatar = +3.91 Gallente = +3.17 I still have a ways to go until I've completed this 'Plan'. Right now my average Faction Standing is about +4.0 and I still have a lot of the Cosmos Agent mission's left to complete. Add in the rest of the Data Center (Tag) missions as well as the level 4 Epic Arcs along with training level 5 Connections, I'm sure my standings for all of the main Factions will be very high. And yes, this was a goal I had set out to do a couple of months ago when I noticed how Thukker was giving me negative standings to almost all of the main Factions. I also decided (on the side) that I wanted access to all of the high level RnD agents available in Eve.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.03.17 01:24:00 - [44] Originally by: OtoBnAggie First of all, thank you for compiling all of this in one place! I have an easy question. How many times can you run a mission for a faction increase. The reason that I ask this is because I am confused by some of the instructions in your initial post. I think that I am understanding that it only is beneficial to run the tutorial/career agent missions once. I do not understand where you get 15 and 15 as it seems to be over 40 missions just in one of the three sectors per race. But I think you are saying only run those sets of missions once for each race and I can just pick the closest Solar system to me. However, in the Data center Agents I think I am understanding your instructions to be that i should get all three certificates and run These sets of missions in ALL of the solar systems where it is offered? So Unlike the tutorial career agents, it is actually beneficial to run these in all the places they are offered? Thanks! Oto For each Faction, there are 5 Career Agents located in each of the 3 different solar systems which makes it a total of 15 Career Agents available. I'm saying go to one of the 3 solar systems, complete all of the missions for all of the Career Agents located in that system, then go to the 2nd system, do the same, then go to the 3rd system and do those. By the time you get done you will have done missions for 15 Career Agents for just that one Faction. They will all give you a 10 part storyline mission (Part 10 is the Faction Standing boost) There is also 15 Tutorial Agents for each Faction (Amarr, Caldari, Gallente, Minmatar). Each Faction has 3 Data Center's located in 3 different solar systems. There is one Agent at each of those centers that gives you the 'Cert' mission. I suggest doing all 3 'Cert' missions first, then take one of the certificates to the Agent that is listed on the cert. The reason for this is so that you won't forget the other 2 Data Center Agent 'Cert' missions after completing the first one. Only one 'cert' is actually needed but all 3 'cert' missions will give Faction Standing boost.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.03.19 22:08:00 - [45] http://www.evegeek.com/mission.php I added this link to the section 'Stuck' in the 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' since the percentage of mission types offered in the Agent Division looks more accurate than the original one I had posted. As I said in the 'Introduction', if anyone has more current/up-dated URL's, please post em and I'll edit this 'Plan' asap. I'm still looking for a walk-thru guide for the following Cosmos missions: Amarr level 4 Cosmos Agent missions Caldari level 1 to level 4 Cosmos Agent missions
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.03.22 04:27:00 - [46] Originally by: Maluno Is it possible to run the Sisters of Eve arc more than once? I'm not exactly sure about it but I think the SOE Epic Arc can be redone every 3 months for standing boost. If someone can confirm this and provide documentation / link to URL showing that information please post it and I'll update/edit this thread and include it in the 'Plan'.
Marlona Sky D00M. RED.OverLord	Posted - 2010.03.27 05:55:00 - [47] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson (This won't link correctly but when in Eve-Wiki page, type 'Tutorial Agents' in search box) After completing all 15 Tutorial Agent missions and all 15 Career Agent missions, now do the Circle Agent missions. Am I missing something? I did that and got nothing that tells me where these agents missions are.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.03.27 06:41:00 - [48] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 27/03/2010 06:46:20 Originally by: Marlona Sky Originally by: DeMichael Crimson (This won't link correctly but when in Eve-Wiki page, type 'Tutorial Agents' in search box) After completing all 15 Tutorial Agent missions and all 15 Career Agent missions, now do the Circle Agent missions. Am I missing something? I did that and got nothing that tells me where these agents missions are. Clicking on the URL link will take you to Eve-Online warning page which states that you're leaving Eve online, clicking on that URL link will take you to Eve-Wiki page which is blank except for the Eve-Wiki 'search' box on the left side of the page. Type in 'Tutorial Agents', click search and then click on the result - Tutorial Agents - which will be in blue text. That will take you to the page with the list of all 15 Tutorial Agents for each of the 4 main Factions. I know this seems like a long way to get to the page but for some reason beyond my control, Eve-Online changes the URL address during the transition over to Eve-Wiki. ---------- I've edit/added this URL link to the 'Faction Standing Repair Plan'. http://www.scribd.com/doc/16401872/Cosmos-Missions-101 (Caldari Cosmos)
mangosita11	Posted - 2010.03.28 13:07:00 - [49] hi there. i got -10.00 with Caldari state and when i enter it i get that msg that an "enemy of the state" etc and cocord ships spam and start shooting me , will your "plan" help me get rid of this problem and also at what %of standings do concord stop spaming on your face cheers
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.03.30 01:13:00 - [50] Originally by: mangosita11 hi there. i got -10.00 with Caldari state and when i enter it i get that msg that an "enemy of the state" etc and cocord ships spam and start shooting me , will your "plan" help me get rid of this problem and also at what %of standings do concord stop spaming on your face cheers Well first of all, stop killing Caldari Faction ships and train Diplomacy skill (probably to lv 5). At -4.99 Faction Standing and above it is safe to travel and you won't get attacked by the NPC's. After training Diplomacy to level 5, check your standings. Since Caldari Faction standing is so bad/low (-10.00), hopefully Amarr Faction standing is higher. Let's say that you have Amarr Faction Standing at -6.00. You'll have to find an Amarr Corporation station with an Agent (lv 1 quality -20 to quality 0) located in Gallente or Minmatar space and grind some regular missions (16 + storylines) until you have Amarr Faction Standing at -4.99. (Decline all encounter missions against any of the main Factions) Once you have achieved Amarr Faction Standing of -4.99 or higher, you can then start working the 'Plan' with the Amarr Tutorial, Career, Circle, Data Center and Cosmos Agents. Eventually the Caldari Faction standing will improve to allow you to enter Caldari space and begin working the 'Plan' with the Caldari Tutorial, Career, Circle, Data Center and Cosmos Agents. I must say that you have a lot of work ahead of you grinding regular missions just to be able to start the 'Plan'. I wish you lot's of luck and I hope this helps.

Seriously Bored Minmatar	Posted - 2010.04.16 18:57:00 - [51] Just posting to say this is insanely useful and helpful information. It turns out I missed a ton of opportunities to gain in faction standings on my way to achieve 9.9 Minmatar. Thumbs up!
xylopia Gallente Center for Advanced Studies	Posted - 2010.04.17 05:03:00 - [52] Originally by: The history says, "DeMichael Crimson single-handedly compiled bits of shattered, hidden wisdoms into a great milestone that lead to true peace with most recognized powers of New Eden. In doing so, he so bravely rescued uncountable numbers of cursed souls from evil CCP's bloody hands that CCP's grudging evil groan is still heard these days" Kudos to you DMC!
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.04.19 02:51:00 - [53] Wow, I sincerely thank each and every one of you for all the compliments. If anyone has any related or more current/updated information/URL's for this 'Faction Standing Repair Plan', please feel free to post it and I'll be sure to edit/update the 'Plan' asap. I'm still looking for a walk-thru guide for Amarr level 4 Cosmos Agents. Also if there is one available, a better guide for Caldari Cosmos Agents as well. I'll post my statistics soon.
Syris Anu Evolutionary Pressure	Posted - 2010.04.19 03:42:00 - [54] Great guide and thinking. Could you address the pros/cons, if any, of factional warfare as it releates to the plan? Let's say you flipped sides back and forth every so often - would it be a downward, upward, or neither spiral in terms of overall faction standings? Also, as a bonus challenge, is there a way this plan could work without grinding? And by that I mean, you would never take the same mission for the same faction or corporation twice?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.04.21 04:03:00 - [55] Originally by: Syris Anu Great guide and thinking. Could you address the pros/cons, if any, of factional warfare as it releates to the plan? Let's say you flipped sides back and forth every so often - would it be a downward, upward, or neither spiral in terms of overall faction standings? Also, as a bonus challenge, is there a way this plan could work without grinding? And by that I mean, you would never take the same mission for the same faction or corporation twice? Thank you. Considering the fact that while in Faction War you're killing ships belonging to another Faction which gives you negative standings hit, I don't think you'll be able to work this 'Plan'. Also you need to be able to 'Bounce' around whenever needed and have access to all factions space. The goal of this 'Plan' is to maximize Faction Standings gain with a minium amount of negative standings hit. As for not repeating missions, the Cosmos Agent missions can only be completed once. The whole idea of this 'Plan' is to complete all the different Agent missions that give Faction Standing boost. The Tutorial/Career agent missions are the only ones that you'll have to repeat.
Boogie Bobby	Posted - 2010.04.24 22:25:00 - [56] Any idea at what point the Career/Tutorial agents lose effectiveness? I'm at 6.85 and a tour of the circle agents didn't even register as a transaction. I'm looking for 6.9 to run a particular 4/18 agent. Used up all the tag options and epic arcs so this is it before I blitz courier missions to get the storylines.
DeMont Cruiser	Posted - 2010.04.25 04:19:00 - [57] Edited by: DeMont Cruiser on 25/04/2010 04:21:12 Originally by: Boogie Bobby Any idea at what point the Career/Tutorial agents lose effectiveness? I'm at 6.85 and a tour of the circle agents didn't even register as a transaction. I'm looking for 6.9 to run a particular 4/18 agent. Used up all the tag options and epic arcs so this is it before I blitz courier missions to get the storylines. Each Tutorial/Career agent for the Faction and it's ally should give you a faction standing boost on the last mission done for that agent as well as the Cosmos Agent missions. Every little bit helps no matter how small a boost it is. As for the Circle Agents, there's about 6 to 8 agents in the circle and only a couple of them will give a Faction boost, and that is only done once. I think the trick to bolster your Faction standing is to first complete your main Faction's agents missions and then complete the allied Faction's agent missions. Other than grinding regular missions for a Storyline, the only thing left is to maximize the skills - Social, Connections and Negotiation. At +6.85, it shouldn't take you very long to get +6.90 standing.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.04.30 04:39:00 - [58] http://www.hb3.info/cosmos/ (Need Translator to read but still a good guide for the main Factions Cosmos) I decided to add this to the 'Plan'
Dreed Roberts	Posted - 2010.05.07 03:40:00 - [59] Nice guide, But I fail to see the point. Faction standing really only controls two things, whether you get shot at in their space and whether you can put up a POS in their space. To stay above the shot at level (-5) is a piece of cake really and while this guide will help you back up all you really need to do is no missions against factions and and run storylines for their ally. Secondly there are several other smaller/lesser faction that you can run missions for to boost standings (albeit slower). an example is Sisters of Eve to boost Galente. see this link http://eve-files.com/dl/198396 While faction standing can give you a boost into higher levels of agents in a corp you can get to high corp levels much faster by just missioning for that corp. In addition RnD agents work only on personal/(NPC)corp standing not faction! Finally since you need a natural 5 (unmodified by skills) to errect a POS there is no way in hell you are going to be able to maintain this level for every faction. (at 5 you loose 1.5 times more than you gain)
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.05.09 06:04:00 - [60] Originally by: Dreed Roberts Edited by: Dreed Roberts on 07/05/2010 03:49:17 Nice guide, (Thank you) But I fail to see the point. Faction standing really only controls three things, whether you get shot at in their space, whether you can do higher level missions for corps in that faction and whether you can put up a POS in their space. To stay above the shot at level (-5) is a piece of cake really and while this guide will help you back up all you really need to do is no missions against factions and and run storylines for their ally. (If you try to raise your Faction Standing with just storyline missions from doing regular missions -16- while declining all encounter missions against the main Factions, you'll be doing that for a very very long time before you'll even see a difference in your Faction Standing.) Firstly you need to have your modified standing above -2.0 so that you can access agents above L1 Q0 (Already stated that is what's needed to start working the 'Plan' which, if followed, will give you access to higher level agents much quicker.) Secondly there are several other smaller/lesser faction that you can run missions for to boost standings (albeit slower). an example is Sisters of Eve to boost Galente. see this link http://eve-files.com/dl/198396 (As I said before, this 'Plan' is a way to raise negative Faction Standings quickly while also maintaining your positive Faction Standings.) While faction standing can give you a boost into higher levels of agents in a corp you can get to high corp levels much faster by just missioning for that corp. In addition RnD agents work only on personal/(NPC)corp standing not faction! (Raising your Faction Standings -as listed in the 'Plan'- will make agents from all the corporations within that Faction available to you which is quicker than just doing regular mission grinding for one corp. It's quicker to raise your Faction Standing and then do a little bit of regular mission grinding for the RnD Corporation to gain access to the higher level Research Agents. Also if you begin research with an agent from one race, e.g. Gallente agent, then run missions for a storyline agent of opposing race, Amarr agent, this may cause your standing with the first agent's faction to fall below the point of being able to interact with the agent in order to buy datacores from that agent. Resolving that issue requires raising your Faction Standings to the point where your R&D agent will again talk to you.) Finally since you need a natural 5 (unmodified by skills) to errect a POS there is no way in hell you are going to be able to maintain this level for every faction. (at 5 you loose 1.5 times more than you gain) (Not sure about needing unmodified standing but to place a starbase in a high security system, the Player Owned Corporation will also need faction standing with the faction owning sovereignty of the solar system. The Player Corporation needs to have the following standing to be able to deploy/anchor a POS: 0.4 needs 4.0 faction standing 0.5 needs 5.0 faction standing 0.6 needs 6.0 faction standing 0.7 needs 7.0 faction standing Common methods of quickly raising Faction Standing for this purpose is doing COSMOS missions and turning in tags to Data Center Agents. Just exactly how high of Faction Standings can be gained from doing this 'Plan'? I don't know but I'm sure it'll be way higher than what most players think.)

Ritzenhoff Gallente Amaterasu Industries Inc	Posted - 2010.05.09 18:40:00 - [61] Nice guide! Originally by: Dreed Roberts since you need a natural 5 (unmodified by skills) to errect a POS there is no way in hell you are going to be able to maintain this level for every faction. (at 5 you loose 1.5 times more than you gain) I believe your corp needs a 5, it's not on personal standing. Secondly, if you want to erect a POS, you could do that first before embarking on the plan. It doesn't matter what happens to your standing once the POS is up (although you'll obviously need to keep it above -5 so you can still fly to it, but the purpose of the plan is to keep all standings high so this is a non-issue). There are also people that offer POS anchoring for a price, but admittedly this takes a while. So, to the OP: maybe forward planning for POS could be added to the plan as something to consider before you start?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.05.09 19:19:00 - [62] Thanks. You're right, it's the corp that needs the Faction Standing to anchor a POS. Corporation standing can be figured using all active member standings. Characters on inactive accounts don't count towards the total. If the corporation was just created, it will take a few days to get correct faction standing for the corporation. Every DT the faction standing raises to the correct standing value. This 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' will boost or help bring the personal Faction Standings of player characters up to a positive level quickly which will also help the corp standings for anchoring a POS in high security systems.
WredStorm	Posted - 2010.06.16 19:46:00 - [63] Bookmarking.
Sexbot Minmatar Happy Bottom Riding Club	Posted - 2010.06.19 01:58:00 - [64] Originally by: JordanParey first. Also, much of the information in the op is well-known, perhaps you could have saved yourself some time and just posted this (hopefully decent) plan by itself? Dumbass -------------------------------------------- That sucking sound you hear is my bandwidth.
802O8020802O80208020	Posted - 2010.06.28 15:38:00 - [65] First off, great info!! just started grinding missions i 0.0 and my gall and min standings are taking a beating. Is it possible for them both to drop so far down that the repair plan is no longer viable For instance, if you have diplomacy 5 and youre still beneath -5 for both factions. Cheers
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.06.29 12:28:00 - [66] Originally by: 802O8020802O80208020 First off, great info!! just started grinding missions i 0.0 and my gall and min standings are taking a beating. Is it possible for them both to drop so far down that the repair plan is no longer viable For instance, if you have diplomacy 5 and youre still beneath -5 for both factions. Cheers Thank you. It seems to me that you'll have to find some Level 1 Quality 0 or lower Minmatar or Gallente agents located in one of the regions that you have access to without getting attacked by the NPC Navy. You're going to have to grind out some missions for a while until you get either Minmatar or Gallente Faction standing above -5.00. If you don't have any Minmatar/Gallente agents available you can run missions for a Faction that's friendly to Minmatar and/or Gallente Faction and receive derived standing gains from storyline missions. The last option open is to purposely fail the storyline missions from your friendly Factions. This will result in a standing loss hit to friendly Corporation and Faction standing but at the same time it will give standing gains to your unfriendly Factions. As soon as you get one of the 2 unfriendly Factions above -5.00, start working the 'Plan'. Of course this is a last resort. First things first, try to find another Faction to work for so you'll get derived standing gains, like Sisters of Eve. http://www.newedenlibrary.net/eon/faction_standings.shtml
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.06.30 07:26:00 - [67] Well, I've edited some of the links in the 'Plan' since Evelopedia has been updated. That should make it easier to get information for most of the specific agent types. I had to do a lot of regular mission grinding for Gallente. Ever since CCP added that new Storyline mission that takes you into low sec systems against overpowered NPCs, I've had to decline 4 storyline missions along with about a dozen regular missions. While messing around with some Destroyer fit ups doing Level 1 and Level 2 Agent missions for Brutor Tribe in Rens System, I unexpectedly received 2 storyline missions for Minmatar which kinda put a hurt on Amarr and Ammatar. However, eventually I did manage to get back to working the 'Plan'. My Standings have now done another 'Sea-Saw' and I'm currently 'Bouncing' back and forth between Gallente and Caldari Cosmos Agents. I have 7 Level 3 Cosmos Agents left to complete. Just wanted to mention that at last count I have collected 120 Storyline BPC's and have received 9 different Storyline Modules as well as a ton of Faction Munitions along with different types of Implants. Current Statistics: Faction Standings +5.86 Minmatar Republic +4.67 Gallente Federation +4.59 Caldari State +3.18 Amarr Empire +2.75 Ammatar Mandate Social Skills Level 5 Social Level 5 Connections Level 4 Diplomacy Level 4 Negotiation Level 4 Fast Talk Data Centers (Tags completed) Minmatar = Angel Crystal and lower - still need Gold Gallente = Serpentis Diamond and lower - still need Brass and Gold Caldari = Guristas Crystal and lower - still need Brass Amarr = Blood Crystal and lower - still need Gold Ammatar = Sansha Crystal and lower - still need Gold Event Agents completed All Tutorial, Career and Circle Agents for all 4 major Factions. Minmatar = All Cosmos Level 3 and lower Gallente = Most of Cosmos Level 3 and all lower (Level 3 agents left = 3) Caldari = Most of Cosmos Level 3 and all lower (Level 3 agents left = 4) Amarr = All Cosmos Level 3 and lower I still have a lot of Cosmos Agent missions left to complete (Level 4) as well as the rest of the Data Centers Tag missions. Also the Level 4 Epic Arc Agent missions. I'll do another update on my statistics as soon as I complete the Level 3 Cosmos Agents.
Gavjack Bunk	Posted - 2010.07.08 16:08:00 - [68] Edited by: Gavjack Bunk on 08/07/2010 16:08:50 Originally by: Boogie Bobby Any idea at what point the Career/Tutorial agents lose effectiveness? I'm at 6.85 and a tour of the circle agents didn't even register as a transaction. I'm looking for 6.9 to run a particular 4/18 agent. Used up all the tag options and epic arcs so this is it before I blitz courier missions to get the storylines. I have been following this plan without really knowing about it for some time now. I noticed that COSMOS missions were only giving me half the faction gain that I should have been getting. After some investigation, I was reading anecdotal evidence that above a certain level, the reward was halved for Data Centre rewards, but it didn't mention COSMOS. My usually reliable set of German friends, meticulously and ruthlessly efficient and precise with their answers let me down horribly on this issue, so I have had to resort to gathering information directly. So far I have found that once you are above 5.0 faction standing, any faction rewards for that faction are halved, with the sole exception of Storyline Mission rewards, they appear to be unaffected by this "Purely for the Grind" phenomena. I didn't care to note whether the associated corp standing was halved. In practical terms, for quick faction standing swings below 5.0 one can use COSMOS and data centres, circle missions and the tutorial agents. However, once 5.0 has been reached, you should stop running those things and save them for later when you dip below 5.0 and want to raise it back up again. Use just Missioning to raise faction standings over 5.0 I suppose what that means is that the best way to use COSMOS and the like to gain Caldari would be to CaldariCosmos until 5.0, then AmarrCosmos until 5.0 which should boost your caldari standing, through derived standings, by the same amount you would have got for running (wasting) Caldari cosmos directly. Probably. -- On planets... nobody can see you macro mining...
Khazryn Caldari	Posted - 2010.07.11 17:55:00 - [69] DMC, First of all, thanks very much for all the work you've done to compile this data and strategize all of this together. It's very appreciated, and has shed a lot of light to me on how faction gaining works and how to go about it. I'm having a bit of trouble with some concepts in your writeup though, and I was hoping you or someone else could clarify for me. I think the biggest thing that I'm having trouble with is the 'bounce' technique you speak of. My understanding of it is this; Each of the quests you have listed provide a faction boost (whether it's from the quest itself, or the last one in the chain, I understand they don't all give faction increases) but each faction boost you get comes coupled with a faction reduction with the opposing sides (Amarr/Caldari go up, Gallente/Minmatar go down). The 'bounce' technique appears designed to minimize the damage caused to any one faction while you are increasing faction with one side. Based on that, I would like to know if the following is true: 1) Completing all the missions you have listed on one side (lets say Amarr for example) then switching to all the missions on the other (lets say Minmatar) would be a bad way to go, as then completing Minmatar missions would lower your Amarr faction more then it would otherwise since it would essentially be higher. 2) Is it accurate then to say that, while implementing the 'bounce' technique, you always want to be completing missions for the faction you have the lowest standing with? 3) If 2 is accurate, then the determination of when you should bounce to another faction would be when it falls to the lowest standing relative to the other factions. I'm sure these questions have already been answered by your guide, but I can admittedly be pretty thick and just want to make sure my understanding of the concepts are solid. I'm endeavoring to follow your guide through a few different characters for several different reasons. I currently have 4 accounts, and each account has one character that represents one of the 4 factions in EVE. I'd like each of these characters to have high standing with their respective faction, but I also don't want to lock them out of other factions in case I want to use my other accounts to help in mission running, go to specific researching agents, or go through other territories to transport goods. It would probably be easier in the short term to just pick a single faction and have all 4 of my characters mission for them and gain standing so they are on the same page, but it seems like in the long run I might want to have the option of going to other factions space if I want.
Alatari Gallente Winterdawn	Posted - 2010.07.11 18:31:00 - [70] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson While doing this 'Plan', you might get stuck and won't be able to access or continue to the next level of Data Center Agents or Cosmos Agents. If this happens you will have to do some regular NPC Corporation missions (16 + storyline) until you have gained the required Faction or Corporation standing to continue with this 'Plan'. My advice is to do missions for the highest level/quality agent available to you in the Divisions that give a lot of Courier missions because these can be done very quickly. The goal here is to get back to working the 'Plan' asap. At this point you're only interested in completing 16 missions as quickly as possible to obtain the next storyline mission. Its better to find the highest level / lowest quality agent, they give out the easier missions which can be completed more quickly. -- You can't do that with a Planet.

Dodgy Past Amarr Trans-Solar Works Rooks and Kings	Posted - 2010.07.11 20:04:00 - [71] Edited by: Dodgy Past on 11/07/2010 20:04:47 Quality DOES NOT affect mission difficulty. Also the harder missions such as AE give higher standings gains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- you seem determined to turn it into ******* Hollyoaks for neckbeards.
Patrice Macmahon The Lost Minmatar Legion	Posted - 2010.07.12 01:07:00 - [72] Originally by: Alatari Originally by: DeMichael Crimson While doing this 'Plan', you might get stuck and won't be able to access or continue to the next level of Data Center Agents or Cosmos Agents. If this happens you will have to do some regular NPC Corporation missions (16 + storyline) until you have gained the required Faction or Corporation standing to continue with this 'Plan'. My advice is to do missions for the highest level/quality agent available to you in the Divisions that give a lot of Courier missions because these can be done very quickly. The goal here is to get back to working the 'Plan' asap. At this point you're only interested in completing 16 missions as quickly as possible to obtain the next storyline mission. Its better to find the highest level / lowest quality agent, they give out the easier missions which can be completed more quickly. If your going to this route, skip combat all together. Find a courier agent that feeds into a courier storyline agent. Youll complete 3-4 courier missions in the time it takes someone to do a single kill mission. Blitz the couriers, unlock the storyline. The highest standings gain storyline mission I've run into are the 20,000 m3 hauler missions. They give 25% corp standings, and 7% faction standings if I remember correctly. Its pretty sick, and allows you to get fact standings up fairly quick. The Intakis have an obligation to defend the Federation, but not to assult others on its behalf.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.07.12 04:24:00 - [73] Originally by: Khazryn DMC, Complements, Questions and Plans. Thanks, I hope I can make the 'Bounce' action a little more easier to understand. When first working the 'Plan', completing all the Tutorial, Career, Circle, level 1 Data Center and level 1 COSMOS Agents for the highest 'Unfriendly' Faction will hopefully unlock or make the lowest 'Unfriendly' Faction open to work the same type of Agents. They can be done in order without the 'Bounce' action. As soon as both 'Unfriendly' Factions have positive Standing, it's best to keep watch on the standings and when one of the main Factions standing gets low, 'Bounce' to it and work the agents. The 'Bounce' action usually won't have to be done with the lower level agents. With the higher level agents, I try to work (Bounce) the opposite Factions at the same time so that the standings don't get too lop-sided. For example, I'm working the level 3 Caldari and Gallente Cosmos agents now. They need a Faction Standing of +4.00 or higher for access. To make sure I have access to both Factions, I'll complete missions for one or more agents of one Faction and then 'Bounce' over to the other Faction. After completing missions for one of the higher level agents, I'll check my standings to see if I should 'Bounce'. As for new characters working the 'Plan', doing the 'Bounce' action (When needed) should help keep all the main Factions standings close to equal. I hope this explains the 'Bounce' action. Answers to your questions: 1 - At first, No. After a while, Yes, because you'll have to 'Bounce' back and forth just to keep the 'Sea-Saw' going. 2 - Yes. That's a good way to help keep the standings close to equal and not allow one Faction standing to get too low. 3 - Well, the main idea is to be able to have access to all agents. If 1/2 way through working one Factions agents (level 3) and it's standings go up to +6.35 and you only need +4.00 while at the same time the opposite Faction goes down to +4.02 and you still have a lot of level 3 agents to complete for them, then you should 'Bounce' to them. If not, you could get locked out or 'stuck' and might end up having to do a lot of regular mission grinding just to get back to working the 'Plan'. I hope this was helpful. On a side note: I'll be adding another section to the 'Plan' about the Epic Arc's, Mainly the level 1 SoE Arc which can be used every 3 months to help even up lop-sided Faction Standings. Also when each Factions standing get's up high enough to access the first agent in the level 4 Epic Arc's, it's a good idea to complete that first mission of the arc and then let the Arc sit in the journal. That way after you've completed all the Cosmos agents, you'll still have access to the level 4 Epic Arcs which also can be completed every 3 months for Faction Standing gain.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.07.12 04:35:00 - [74] Originally by: Alatari Originally by: DeMichael Crimson While doing this 'Plan', you might get stuck and won't be able to access or continue to the next level of Data Center Agents or Cosmos Agents. If this happens you will have to do some regular NPC Corporation missions (16 + storyline) until you have gained the required Faction or Corporation standing to continue with this 'Plan'. My advice is to do missions for the highest level/quality agent available to you in the Divisions that give a lot of Courier missions because these can be done very quickly. The goal here is to get back to working the 'Plan' asap. At this point you're only interested in completing 16 missions as quickly as possible to obtain the next storyline mission. Its better to find the highest level / lowest quality agent, they give out the easier missions which can be completed more quickly. The reason I suggested the highest level and highest quality agent for doing courier missions is because there's no reason to cut yourself out of getting the max rewards available from doing those missions, also they can all be completed rather quickly so time shouldn't be a factor.
Khazryn Caldari	Posted - 2010.07.13 23:06:00 - [75] Thanks for your response DMC, you answered my questions. Keep rocking the plan, curious to see your progress in your next status update.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.07.17 12:07:00 - [76] Well, I would like to thank everyone who has added links or advised me to add more information pertaining to Faction Standing increase. Due to a series of events and other players advice posted in this thread is the reason for the updated information and URL links that are now added to the 'Plan'. I think I've got everything covered now, at least until CCP decides to add or change something again. While I was working the last few level 3 Caldari and Gallente COSMOS Agents left to complete, I started doing R&D missions for my lv 4 Research Agents (4 total) with Core Complexion (Minmatar R&D Corp) to get the double research points. Without realizing it, I was getting corp standing increase with each mission completed and then unexpectedly received a lv 4 Storyline Mission offer which I accepted and completed. Needless to say, it placed another heavy hit to my Amarr and Ammatar Faction Standings lowering them even more. After completing all the lv 3 COSMOS Agents, I then decided to run the Sisters of Eve Epic Arc which I completed within a few days. I picked Amarr Faction at the end to help raise the Amarr standings. I recieved 8.75% Faction Standing increase which helped it a bit. I have already accessed and completed the Minmatar Epic Arc starting Agent mission (First one of the Arc) and am leaving that arc in my journal which I can continue later after completing all the lv 4 COSMOS Agent missions. I am currently doing some regular mission grinding for the highest agent I can access right now that offers a lot of Courier missions, Level 3 Quality +3 Agent - Storage Division - Expert Distribution Corporation - Caldari Faction, to raise Corp or Faction Standing (Whichever comes first) to access and complete the Caldari Epic Arc starting Agent mission. I plan on doing this with all the Level 4 Epic Arc starting agents which I'm sure will 'Sea-Saw' my standings some more. After I gain access to all the Epic Arcs, I'll go back to working the level 4 COSMOS Agents. I've collected 132 Storyline BPC's and 12 Storyline modules so far from doing COSMOS missions. Not to mention a ton of Faction munitions and various Implants. My current statistics: Security Status: +4.82 Faction Standings: Minmatar +6.42 Gallente +5.25 Caldari +4.19 Amarr +3.46 Ammatar +2.24 Social Skills: Social = Level 5 Connections = Level 5 Diplomacy = Level 4 Negotiation = Level 4 Fast Talk = Level 4 Data Center Tags completed: Minmatar = Angel Crystal and lower - need Gold Gallente = Serpentis Diamond and lower - need Brass and Gold Caldari = Guristas Crystal and lower - need Brass Amarr = Blood Crystal and lower - need Gold Ammatar = Sansha Crystal and lower - need Gold Event Agents completed: All Factions = Tutorial, Career, Circle Agents COSMOS completed: Minmatar = All Level 3 and lower Agents Gallente = All Level 3 and lower Agents Caldari = All Level 3 and lower Agents Amarr = All Level 3 and lower Agents Epic Arcs completed: Sisters of Eve (Lv 1) = Completed 2 (1 Minmatar, 1 Amarr) Minmatar (Lv 4) = Started I'll update my statistics each time I access an Epic Arc starting Agent. I hope this updated 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' helps everyone and if I happen to miss anything or if you find a more current URL link, please post it and I'll make sure to edit this 'Plan'. On a side note, as soon as my Security Status hits +5.00 and - Fast Talk - is trained to Lv 5, I'll access the 'Special' Concord Agents and complete their missions.
Takseen	Posted - 2010.08.06 15:55:00 - [77] Edited by: Takseen on 06/08/2010 16:04:36 Edited by: Takseen on 06/08/2010 15:56:51 Edit : I got the full standing boost from the 3 serpentis copper tags Data Center mission despite already being at 5.80 standing. So looks like its a good way to boost your standing even if you're reasonably high. Also got the expected 1.5% from 20 bronze tags, but only 1.72% instead of 3% from the 20 silver tags. So still not sure whats going there with my gains vs the ones reported on Evelopedia.
Manipulator General o.0	Posted - 2010.08.06 16:22:00 - [78] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson On a side note, as soon as my Security Status hits +5.00 and - Fast Talk - is trained to Lv 5, I'll access the 'Special' Concord Agents and complete their missions. wha...I must investigate this further. I never knew such a thing existed.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.06 20:38:00 - [79] Originally by: Manipulator General Originally by: DeMichael Crimson On a side note, as soon as my Security Status hits +5.00 and - Fast Talk - is trained to Lv 5, I'll access the 'Special' Concord Agents and complete their missions. wha...I must investigate this further. I never knew such a thing existed. Yeah, this is the link about it. http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Security_status#How_to_get_above_5.0_Security_Status
Jessica Cirio	Posted - 2010.08.07 15:00:00 - [80] Edited by: Jessica Cirio on 07/08/2010 15:01:42 Edited by: Jessica Cirio on 07/08/2010 15:00:55 Hi there , how do i rise my standings with caldari ( -5,95 ) and amarr (-5,75) i hate being shoot in empire lol , any advice ? ty jess. Social Skills Level 5 Social Level 5 Connections Level 5 Diplomacy Level 5 Negotiation

Arriaz	Posted - 2010.08.07 16:32:00 - [81] I fully endorse the "Plan". It has made life much easier.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.07 17:22:00 - [82] Originally by: Jessica Cirio Edited by: Jessica Cirio on 07/08/2010 15:01:42 Edited by: Jessica Cirio on 07/08/2010 15:00:55 Hi there , how do i rise my standings with caldari ( -5,95 ) and amarr (-5,75) i hate being shoot in empire lol , any advice ? ty jess. Social Skills Level 5 Social Level 5 Connections Level 5 Diplomacy Level 5 Negotiation Well, the Eve 'Censored' is working overtime again. I can't link these so you'll have to copy and paste these into your out of game Internet browser. http://agents.eve-commander.com/ http://eve-online.itemdrop.net/eve_db/agents/ Look for Amarr, Ammatar or Caldari Faction agents, level 1 quality 0 or lower, located in your friendly factions controlled space. You'll have to do some regular mission grinding and get storyline mission offers until you get one of the unfriendly faction standings above -5.00. Then after completing that, you should be able to enter the unfriendly factions space and start working the plan. Just remember to decline all anti-faction encounter missions. Good luck.
Disintegrator Minmatar GK inc.	Posted - 2010.08.10 13:31:00 - [83] Edited by: Disintegrator on 10/08/2010 13:35:02 Edited by: Disintegrator on 10/08/2010 13:32:09 Interesting thread, but i have mine 2 cents to add. If you are not working on something mad like having +5 to every empire faction, you just need yours (for one you love doing missions) and keep eye on it's most hated enemy. For example me - i'm doing missions for amarr in hophib (11 q20 lvl4 agents in system, so i can easily choose what mission i want and i don't wanna do). Problem is with storylines, nice thingies, but faction hit. So i'm keeping eye on minmatar and when i hit like -1.5 for them, i do some missions in closest high sec (neesher) to get storyline. When i finish ONE storyline for them, i get like 5-6 storylines for amarr till it standings swings back. I'm doing lvl5 too and there is problem to take missions only against pirates. There you need do your own research which missions give you laughable faction hit (like -0.01 per mission). So you can run them pretty easily. This way all your other standings will be in good + and if you don't mess it like me, you can have good stand whenever you look. Before that, i had like +7 amarr, +7 caldari, +2 gallente, +0.5 minmatar. Another boost you can gain is pirate epic arc, you get ****TON of stand if you finish them (if you do angel one, you will get boost to minmatar standings etc ...). There are different agents which can lead you to them, so np there. But it's in 0.0 and you need to have balls.
Ysolde Xen	Posted - 2010.08.10 14:14:00 - [84] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson http://www.newedenlibrary.net/eon/faction_standings.shtml Do you happen to know up to date those standings are? I ask because it shows Thukker Tribe - Minmatar Republic standing as being -2.00 whereas I'm pretty sure it's changed. I'm at work and cannot log in to check.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.10 17:43:00 - [85] Originally by: Ysolde Xen Originally by: DeMichael Crimson http://www.newedenlibrary.net/eon/faction_standings.shtml Do you happen to know up to date those standings are? I ask because it shows Thukker Tribe - Minmatar Republic standing as being -2.00 whereas I'm pretty sure it's changed. I'm at work and cannot log in to check. Yeah, that link has incorrect statistics listed. On page 1, post #4 of this thread I added a link with updated current statistics regarding Inter-Faction Standings. http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Standings#Standing_Relationships As I've said from the very beginning, if anyone knows or has any current up to date URL's for any of the information links in this 'Plan', please post them and I'll update/edit the 'Plan' asap.
Goremageddon Box Minmatar Guerilla Gorilla	Posted - 2010.08.12 11:29:00 - [86] pimp **** guide _______________________ Hottest Character Ever.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.12 11:39:00 - [87] Originally by: Goremageddon Box pimp **** guide ???
Goremageddon Box Minmatar Guerilla Gorilla	Posted - 2010.08.12 11:47:00 - [88] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Originally by: Goremageddon Box pimp **** guide ??? pimp $h1t guide bro. kudos _______________________ Hottest Character Ever.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.12 11:51:00 - [89] Ahhh, ok, thanks a lot, hope it helps.
Doc Farouk	Posted - 2010.08.17 17:06:00 - [90] Superb body of work - Well Done. I will be following parts of your excellent guide to repair my sadly lacking Gallente standings. I have also recommended to several corps I know to read into yoru guide. Keep up the good work!

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.17 18:53:00 - [91] Thank you, it's always good to hear that. If anyone has any related information or more current up to date URL's, please post it and I'll update/edit the 'Plan'. Good luck to everyone.
Lagruna Zegata	Posted - 2010.08.24 01:02:00 - [92] Great guide, DeMichael. Once you feel like everything is finished and polished it could make a good addition to the EVElopedia. The guide is very comprehensive for Empire, and the only exotic thing that might be added is more info on working for the different pirate factions (both regular missions & storylines...and noting how killing belt rats only lowers standings with individual NPC pirate corps, not factions.) It would also be interesting to see what happens there with CONCORD Assembly faction, etc. Thanks for taking my in-game questions. ~LZ
ULSTER MAN	Posted - 2010.08.24 13:06:00 - [93] Edited by: ULSTER MAN on 24/08/2010 13:09:18 I run level 5's in amarr space and am making a killing on the isk side of things. my minnie and gallente are -6.4 and -5.1. I want to fix this but i want to be able to keep running level's 5 for the isk (and against those factions) anyone got an idea how to do this and still run all the missions that amarr give me? OR is this not possible?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.24 21:42:00 - [94] Originally by: ULSTER MAN Edited by: ULSTER MAN on 24/08/2010 13:09:18 I run level 5's in amarr space and am making a killing on the isk side of things. my minnie and gallente are -6.4 and -5.1. I want to fix this but i want to be able to keep running level's 5 for the isk (and against those factions) anyone got an idea how to do this and still run all the missions that amarr give me? OR is this not possible? This 'Plan' will fix or repair bad standings but if you insist on running encounter missions against those Factions, then you might as well just forget about fixing those 'Unfriendly' Faction Standings. As long as you maintain a Faction Standing above -2.00, you'll always have access to your level 5 Amarr Agent provided you have enough corporation or personal standing. Bottom line: you have to decide if you want to continue doing Anti Faction encounter missions or start being a Diplomat, the choice is yours.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.24 22:09:00 - [95] Originally by: Lagruna Zegata Great guide, DeMichael. Once you feel like everything is finished and polished it could make a good addition to the EVElopedia. The guide is very comprehensive for Empire, and the only exotic thing that might be added is more info on working for the different pirate factions (both regular missions & storylines...and noting how killing belt rats only lowers standings with individual NPC pirate corps, not factions.) It would also be interesting to see what happens there with CONCORD Assembly faction, etc. Thanks for taking my in-game questions. ~LZ LZ, thank you very much I hope you got the answers you were looking for. Looks like I'll have to do a bit of research and add a section about the Pirate NPC Factions. I do know that CCP has made it easy for players to improve Pirate Faction Standings with the Pirate Faction Epic Arcs. Only need +4.80 Corporation or Faction Standing with one of the 3 starting agents (1 Pirate, 2 Empire). Then there's also COSMOS Pirate Agents, the skill 'Criminal Connections' and of course all the regular Agents. Since all Agents level 1 quality 0 and lower are available to everyone, I'm sure it shouldn't be too hard to build up positive standings with the NPC Pirate Factions. Now the major question I have: Does anyone have personal security status above -2.00, Faction Standings above -5.00 with all Empire Factions and has very high positive Pirate Faction Standings? I would very much like to talk with them and find out how they accomplished it and more on how they maintain those standings.
Sagesse	Posted - 2010.08.29 13:31:00 - [96] Edited by: Sagesse on 29/08/2010 13:31:25 Tutorial Agents http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Tutorial_Agents I think the link to tutorial agents is broken, this is the link, seriously great post, thanks!
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.08.29 22:39:00 - [97] Originally by: Sagesse Edited by: Sagesse on 29/08/2010 13:31:25 Tutorial Agents http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Tutorial_Agents I think the link to tutorial agents is broken, this is the link, seriously great post, thanks! Thanks, I just checked and the link I have listed for the Tutorial Agents is good. It should take you to Evelopedia which has the exact same information as the link you listed. I had originally used the Eve-Wiki link but when trying to set up a quick link to it, the Eve Online censor does something which makes the link broken.
Bear Templar Selectus Pravus Lupus	Posted - 2010.08.31 22:21:00 - [98] At what stage would you advise starting say if your standings were 1.55 (raised from -0.06 due to Diplomacy)? After seeing your response to my thread, i read your plan (which is very handy btw) and with my character already at 1.55 i was going to skip the tutorial and career agents and go from the "circle" agents. Your thoughts?
Takseen	Posted - 2010.08.31 23:27:00 - [99] Just confirming I finished the Gallente epic arc today and got +12.5% faction standings(with Social V) with no associated penalty to any other empire factions.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.01 01:32:00 - [100] Originally by: Bear Templar At what stage would you advise starting say if your standings were 1.55 (raised from -0.06 due to Diplomacy)? After seeing your response to my thread, i read your plan (which is very handy btw) and with my character already at 1.55 i was going to skip the tutorial and career agents and go from the "circle" agents. Your thoughts? I'm a firm believer in the old saying 'Every little bit helps'. The Tutorial, Career, Circle and a few of the Data Center Agents are available to everyone as long as you can enter those high security systems. They are the 1st part of the 'Plan' for repairing bad Faction standings. I guess you could always complete those agent missions later. Myself, I think they are super easy to gain Faction standing boost with and you might as well complete them since 'Every little bit helps'.

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.01 01:49:00 - [101] Originally by: Takseen Just confirming I finished the Gallente epic arc today and got +12.5% faction standings(with Social V) with no associated penalty to any other empire factions. Takseen, Congratulations. I hope this 'Plan' has been helpful to you.
Takseen	Posted - 2010.09.03 16:48:00 - [102] Edited by: Takseen on 03/09/2010 16:53:55 Just repeated the Sisters of Eve epic arc. After choosing the Amarr commander in one of the final missions, I got a +8.75% standings boost(with Social V) with the Amarr and no penalties to the other empires once the arc was complete. I also got a few level 1 storyline missions, though none were for factions I wanted to increase at the time. Edit : Oh, quick question. I'm on -0.45 with the Amarr(-3.06 before Diplomacy V). When does it switch over to being affected by Connections skill, when I hit 0.00 basic or adjusted standing?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.04 00:31:00 - [103] Originally by: Takseen Edited by: Takseen on 03/09/2010 16:53:55 Just repeated the Sisters of Eve epic arc. After choosing the Amarr commander in one of the final missions, I got a +8.75% standings boost(with Social V) with the Amarr and no penalties to the other empires once the arc was complete. I also got a few level 1 storyline missions, though none were for factions I wanted to increase at the time. Edit : Oh, quick question. I'm on -0.45 with the Amarr(-3.06 before Diplomacy V). When does it switch over to being affected by Connections skill, when I hit 0.00 basic or adjusted standing? When Faction standing reaches 0.00 from being modified by Diplomacy skill, that Faction will not show up in the standings list of the character sheet until enough standing is gained for the Connections skill to modify. Neutral standings with Corporations and Factions are not listed so don't be worried if it doesn't show up for a while. Gratz to you on the standings gain. I was just wondering, have you been following or working the majority of this 'Plan'? If so, how much of the 'Plan' have you completed?
Takseen	Posted - 2010.09.04 09:09:00 - [104] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Gratz to you on the standings gain. I was just wondering, have you been following or working the majority of this 'Plan'? If so, how much of the 'Plan' have you completed? Thanks! When I started using the Plan my unmodified standings were Gallente 5.74 Minmatar 4.94 Amarr -5.59 Caldari -4.87 That was a product of grinding faction standings for Gallente and not really caring about doing anti-empire missions in the process. I wanted to do the Gallente epic arc first so I completed a few of the Data centre tag missions and a few COSMOS missions to bring me up to a modified 6.80 Gallente standing. Currently I'm working on Amarr standings repair, I've done 10/15 of the Tutorial agents and 5/15 of the Career Path agents. I also repeated the Sisters epic arc and chose the Amarr faction boost. Thats put me on -3.06 before Diplomacy V as I said. I haven't done anything with/for the Caldari yet. Hopefully the remaining tutorial agents will boost my standings enough to do level 2 COSMOS missions and such without having to mission grind or go over to the Caldari, but I'm not sure yet.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.04 11:24:00 - [105] Cool, I'm glad the 'Plan' has helped you. Just remember that completing missions for the allied Faction agents will also help raise the initial Faction standings as well.
Sagesse	Posted - 2010.09.04 16:20:00 - [106] can someone just clarify the sisters arc for me then, what standings approx and you get to choose a faction at the end ? - I ask only because this wasnt evident from say the write up on eve survival - sounded worthless but if you get standings I'm in :D
Sagesse	Posted - 2010.09.04 16:25:00 - [107] also, for gallente cosmos, I tried it an age ago and got thukker (I think) standings and lost gallente so stopped, can someone confirm then if you follow the entire storyboard your gallente standings get raised by the end ? Cheers Sage
Takseen	Posted - 2010.09.04 17:17:00 - [108] Originally by: Sagesse also, for gallente cosmos, I tried it an age ago and got thukker (I think) standings and lost gallente so stopped, can someone confirm then if you follow the entire storyboard your gallente standings get raised by the end ? Cheers Sage The Gallente COSMOS constellation is a bit weird, as you noticed its got a bunch of Thukker and Caldari agents in there too. Just stick to doing missions for the Gallente agents and you'll see a nice boost to your standings. The Sisters of Eve epic arc only grants corporation standings for each individual mission, you'll end up with 1-2% increases with a couple minor corporations from each faction, plus a bigger increase with the sisters corporation itself. You'll also get a couple L1 storyline missions since all 50 of the Arc missions count towards getting them. Just no guarantee that the storylines will be for the faction you want. And at the end you're given a choice of one of the 4 empire factions to ally with. Completing the arc gives you a 7% boost with the chosen faction, but without the penalty to the other factions as with storyline boosts.
Sagesse	Posted - 2010.09.04 22:49:00 - [109] great, thanks
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.04 22:50:00 - [110] Sisters Of Eve Level 1 Epic Arc: Need to be able to enter all Factions high security systems (Amarr, Ammatar, Caldari, Gallente, Minmatar). No other standings are required. Can pick one Faction (Amarr, Caldari, Gallente, Minmatar) and receive +8.75% Faction standing increase at the end of the SoE arc. Level 4 Epic Arc: Need +6.80 Corporation or Faction standing only with the starting Agent (1st one) in the arc. Will receive +12.75% Faction standing increase at the end of the arc. All Epic Arcs can be completed every 3 months for Faction Standing increase. Each mission in the arcs will give standings with the Agents Corporation. No derived standings, positive or negative, are received from the Epic Arcs.

Ortolano Gonfio	Posted - 2010.09.05 00:04:00 - [111] sorry to bother, i've got -5.50 and -5.66 respectively with caldari state and amarr empire. how i can increase the standing with caldari and amarr below the -5.0, so i can pass/pve without getting annoied by the local police? actualy im skilling diplomacy to 5, but still 6 days on the clock and i dont think it will clear for good the problem... i looked at the guide, but how i can even try to run a level 1 mission for them, if the police scram to ass **** me? :D thanks in advice!
Urgg Boolean	Posted - 2010.09.05 15:07:00 - [112] Originally by: Ortolano Gonfio sorry to bother, i've got -5.50 and -5.66 respectively with caldari state and amarr empire. how i can increase the standing with caldari and amarr below the -5.0, so i can pass/pve without getting annoied by the local police? actualy im skilling diplomacy to 5, but still 6 days on the clock and i dont think it will clear for good the problem... i looked at the guide, but how i can even try to run a level 1 mission for them, if the police scram to ass ** me? :D thanks in advice! I was in a similar boat a while ago, except my standings were in the -8's. There are two factions that allow you to run missions and make standing gains even if you have seriously bad standings with the main factions. I ran missions for Ammatar Mandate starting in the Sasta system (IIRC) and working up to L4's in the Tidacha system. You can also run missions for the Khanid**, although I don't know what systems they occupy... You can navigate via pod without getting shot at by the local navies - but someone may want to suicide gank you just for fun.
Urgg Boolean	Posted - 2010.09.05 15:15:00 - [113] Cosmos Missions :: these missions seem to give a lot more standing than normal mission, yes? I see clearly that doing these improves standing rapidly, but won't they also seriously degrade your standing with opposing factions? So I guess what I'm asking, should we have adequate standing to run these for all factions, else we will not be able to bounce between factions to keep standings balanced, which is the whole point of this plan ?!?! I'm just having trouble seeing how the Cosmos missions fit into the plan witout causing more problems than they fix...
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.05 22:39:00 - [114] Originally by: Ortolano Gonfio sorry to bother, i've got -5.50 and -5.66 respectively with caldari state and amarr empire. how i can increase the standing with caldari and amarr below the -5.0, so i can pass/pve without getting annoied by the local police? actualy im skilling diplomacy to 5, but still 6 days on the clock and i dont think it will clear for good the problem... i looked at the guide, but how i can even try to run a level 1 mission for them, if the police scram to ass **** me? :D thanks in advice! Look for Amarr or Caldari corporations that have stations and Agents located in Gallente or Minmatar space. You'll have to do some regular mission grinding (16 + storyline) for Level 1 Quality 0 and lower Agents until you raise Amarr or Caldari Faction Standing above -5.00. Then you can freely enter that 'Unfriendly' Faction's space and start working the 'Plan'.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.05 23:37:00 - [115] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 05/09/2010 23:41:02 Originally by: Urgg Boolean Cosmos Missions :: these missions seem to give a lot more standing than normal mission, yes? I see clearly that doing these improves standing rapidly, but won't they also seriously degrade your standing with opposing factions? So I guess what I'm asking, should we have adequate standing to run these for all factions, else we will not be able to bounce between factions to keep standings balanced, which is the whole point of this plan ?!?! I'm just having trouble seeing how the Cosmos missions fit into the plan witout causing more problems than they fix... The positive standing gain received is always more than the negative standing hit. You just have to watch your standings. Example: You have +6.50 Minmatar Faction standing from working most of the Minmatar level 3 Cosmos Agents and you see Amarr Faction standing has dropped to +4.10 and you haven't worked any Amarr Cosmos. That's when you 'Bounce' over and work the Amarr Cosmos Agents. When Minmatar Faction standing drops to just above +4.00, you then 'Bounce' back to Minmatar. Also the Data Center tag missions can help. While working the Amarr Cosmos, you turn in Tags for Minmatar, etc. The main thing is to always check your standings after you have completed an agent mission which will let you know what steps need to done next. Unfortunately, every once in a while you might have to do some regular mission grinding to get back to working the 'Plan'. I hope this explains things for you. If you read all the entries in this post, you'll see that I've listed all the steps I've taken while working this 'Plan'. I will be posting another update of my statistics very soon.
L0nz0p Insurgent New Eden Tribe	Posted - 2010.09.05 23:42:00 - [116] Edited by: L0nz0p on 05/09/2010 23:42:06 thanks for the guide!
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.06 01:21:00 - [117] Originally by: L0nz0p Edited by: L0nz0p on 05/09/2010 23:42:06 thanks for the guide! Your welcome, it's good to know this 'Plan' is helping players. Feel free to inform others in-game about this 'Plan' to fix bad standings.
Kary Tamona Crom Demons	Posted - 2010.09.06 09:57:00 - [118] Edited by: Kary Tamona on 06/09/2010 10:00:14 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Epic Arcs can be completed every 3 months for a large Faction Standing boost with NO positive/negative derived standings towards other Factions. [...] The Sisters of Eve Epic Arc (lv 1) [...] The SoE arc allows you to choose a Faction at the end which can help balance out lop-sided Faction Standings. [...] The 'Last Resort' option is to purposely fail storyline missions for your friendly Factions. This results in a negative hit to friendly Corp/Faction standing while giving positive standing to unfriendly Factions. Hi Crimson, thanks for the guide, really helpful stuff. I have a couple of questions though. From what I have read the SoE Epic Arc gives you NO faction standings, not even towards SoE. All you get are standard offers of storyline missions every 16 epic Arc missions. Can you confirm that? I also couldn't find any confirmation that the other Epic Arc missions (lvl 4) give only positive faction standings with no derived standings. Could you post the source of this? I'd like to be sure before I embark on one of these Arcs. Finally, I understood that quite some time ago the failing of missions to gain standings with an "enemy" faction was corrected and that nowadays failing any mission will NOT give you any derived standing increase. Am I wrong? It would be great if you or someone else could clarify these points. Thanks in advance.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.08 09:50:00 - [119] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 08/09/2010 09:55:11 Well, that's a very good question and thanks for bringing that to my attention. I spent a lot of time reading all the past Patch Notes and I didn't see anything about that. I might have missed it so if anyone else knows that to be fact, please link it and I'll be sure to remove the 'Last Resort' option from the 'Plan'. EDIT: I guess what I'll do is complete 16 level 1 agent missions with a Corporation of my highest Faction standing and then purposely fail the storyline mission offered and see what happens. I really don't want to do that but if I'm gonna have the 'Last Resort' option listed in the 'Plan', then I need to be sure that it still works.
Hagen Guralman	Posted - 2010.09.08 17:31:00 - [120] Timing could not have been better. I came to this forum to search for tips on fixing faction standings without destroying the other ones I've built up, and landed on this thread. Perfect! Thanks for your hard work.

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.09 14:57:00 - [121] Originally by: Hagen Guralman Timing could not have been better. I came to this forum to search for tips on fixing faction standings without destroying the other ones I've built up, and landed on this thread. Perfect! Thanks for your hard work. You're welcome. I hope you have good luck working the 'Plan'
Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.09.09 16:22:00 - [122] Edited by: Jho Ran on 09/09/2010 16:22:19 Started on this plan a while ago (and stopped a while ago as well) but never got around to posting a thanks :) Haven't been actively playing lately due to RL constraints. Anyway, I started with an umodified: Gallente: 1,39 Caldari: 0,17 Amarr: -0,13 Minmatar: -0,30 I started with Social 4, but got to 5 fairly early on. After doing the Tutorial Agents, Career Agents, Circle Agents, L1 Datacenter missions (all the graduation + copper tags and the minmatar bronze tags), most L1 Cosmos missions (4 Caldari, 1 Minmatar and 1 Gallente), the L1 SoE Epic Arc, and a few regular storyline missions along the way, I got to an unmodified Gallente: 2,83 Minmatar: 2,05 Caldari: 2,20 Amarr: 2,21 My guy was/is a scientist primarily, so could only handle L1 combat missions, although I am working on changing that atm. The Pirate Epic arcs look interesting, and once I get some combat skills and some time to play again, I would be interested in seeing what sort of faction gains and losses they bring to the table. Each arc gives a 30% standing increase, but the losses aren't mentioned with specific numbers: http://www.eveonline.com/devblog.asp?a=blog&bid=713
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.10 02:04:00 - [123] Congratulations, always good to hear that the 'Plan' is helping players. The Pirate Epic Arcs are a bit different now from what was presented in that DEV BLOG. I believe there's only 3 starting agents instead of 4. Now about the amount of Faction standing received as well as any derived standings, I'll have to check on that. Maybe someone who has completed the lv 3 Pirate Arcs can verify? Anyway, thanks for posting and I hope you have continued good luck. ----------------- On a side note I'm currently doing a round of missions (16) for a lv 1 Agent in a corp for my highest Faction standing. I plan on testing the 'Last Resort' option listed in the 'Plan' just to be sure that it is still good. I'll be sure to let everyone know about the results.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.10 10:55:00 - [124] Originally by: Kary Tamona Edited by: Kary Tamona on 06/09/2010 13:23:14 Edited by: Kary Tamona on 06/09/2010 11:03:44 Edited by: Kary Tamona on 06/09/2010 10:00:14 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson [...] The 'Last Resort' option is to purposely fail storyline missions for your friendly Factions. This results in a negative hit to friendly Corp/Faction standing while giving positive standing to unfriendly Factions. Hi Crimson, thanks for the guide, really helpful stuff. I have a question though. I recall that some time ago the failing of missions to gain standings with an "enemy" faction was corrected and that nowadays failing a mission will NOT give you any derived standing increase. I got no link to this one, and I could be mistaken. Am I? It would be great if you or someone else could clarify this point. Thanks in advance. Well, sad to say this but I think you're right. I tested it and it seems that only the allied (friendly) Factions are affected by the failure of a storyline mission. I did level 1 missions for Brutor tribe corp and received a storyline offer which I accepted and then quit the mission. I incurred negative standings hit, twice, with each of the allied (friendly) Factions and had no derived standings with any of the enemy Factions. Now maybe the reason it didn't work is because I have high positive standings with all of the Empire Factions? The only negative Faction standings I have are with the Pirate Factions. I'm still not sure but I'll remove the 'Last Resort' option from the 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' just to be safe. I don't want any players to end up having worse standings than when they started working the 'Plan'.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.12 02:16:00 - [125] UPDATE: I've done a lot of mission grinding for various Corporations and now have access to all Empire Factions Level 4 Epic Arcs. I've also completed the 2 'special' Concord Agent missions for Security Status increase. Not to mention I also checked the 'Last Resort' option and found that it is no longer viable and have deleted it from the 'Plan'. While doing that my standings have done a lot of 'See-saw' action which was expected. Current Statistics: Empire Faction Standings: Minmatar Republic +5.52 Caldari State +5.37 The Interbus +4.98 Amarr Empire +4.41 Khanid Kingdom +4.37 Gallente Federation +4.28 Ammatar Mandate +3.94 Concord Assembly +2.56 Social Skills: Social lv 5 Connections lv 5 Fast Talk lv 5 Diplomacy lv 4 Negotiation lv 4 Security Status: +5.85 Data Center Tags completed: Minmatar = Angel Crystal and lower - need Gold Gallente = Serpentis Diamond and lower - need Brass and Gold Caldari = Guristas Crystal and lower - need Brass Amarr = Blood Crystal and lower - need Gold Ammatar = Sansha Crystal and lower - need Gold Epic Arcs Completed: Level 1 Sisters Of Eve = 2x (1x Minmatar, 1x Amarr) Level 4 Amarr = Started Level 4 Caldari = Started Level 4 Gallente = Started Level 4 Minmatar = Started Tutorial, Career, Circle Agents Completed: All Empire Factions Cosmos Agents Completed: All Empire Factions = level 3 and lower Special Agents Completed (Security Status): Christer Fuglesang = Concord Jeremy Tacs = Concord How_to_get_above_5.0_Security_Status All that's left now is to complete the level 4 COSMOS Agent missions and the level 4 Epic Arcs as well as a few more Data Center Tag missions. Right now I plan on grinding missions for some R&D Corporations to gain access to the highest level R&D Agent for each Faction. I'll use those to help balance lop sided Faction Standings. The Epic Arcs will be used to continue gaining large Faction Standing increase after I've completed the level 4 COSMOS Agent missions. I'll continue posting the results incurred from working this 'Plan'. DMC
Jastra Gallente Black Thorne Corporation Black Thorne Alliance	Posted - 2010.09.12 09:39:00 - [126] I would just like to say a big thank you for the updates, this is a most useful post Cheers Jas. _ _ _
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.12 11:08:00 - [127] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 12/09/2010 11:10:01 You're welcome, I'm glad to hear that it's helping players.
Aelana Anais Gallente LiveTech Cold Fusion Syndicate	Posted - 2010.09.13 01:06:00 - [128] Edited by: Aelana Anais on 13/09/2010 01:07:28 Edited by: Aelana Anais on 13/09/2010 01:06:28 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 04/09/2010 23:07:27 Level 4 Epic Arc: Need +6.80 Corporation or Faction standing only with the starting Agent (1st one) in the arc. Will receive +12.75% Faction standing increase at the end of the arc. All Epic Arcs can be completed every 3 months for Faction Standing increase. Each mission in the arcs will give standings with the Agents Corporation. No derived standings, positive or negative, are received from the Epic Arcs. While mostly true, the above is /slightly/ false. I have completed all four of the major faction arcs twice, and one mission in the Minmatar arc (where you are shooting Ammatar Navy ships - the mission name is 'Church of the Obsidian') actually causes a small amount of Amarr standing loss (2 instances of -0.06%). This was enough to make me unable to re-run the Amarr epic arc without using a tutorial mission :). I petitioned and was told this was the intended behavior, even though it does seem strange that you loose Amarr standing instead of Ammatar. These are ship kill losses so no other derived losses from them so shouldn't affect Caldari standing. Also if you are looking for good L4 epic arc guides look here: http://lorebook.eve-inspiracy.com/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=1:cosmos-epicarc-guides&catid=1:cosmos-epicarc-guides&Itemid=2 áááá
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.13 03:46:00 - [129] Well, sorry to hear that you experienced some standing loss. The level 4 epic arcs are documented by DEV Blogs to not incur any derived standings, either positive or negative. Since you've already completed the other level 4 Epic Arcs and didn't incur any derived standings except on the Minmatar Epic Arc, that sounds like a bug and should be reported and the petition should be honored. I think you should search through all the DEV Blogs and Patch Notes as well as the Forums for proof. I started to search for proof but I'm missing out on valuable time to play the game. As for the GM response to your petition, I've found that most of them use that excuse just to quickly close out the petition. I had a regular GM try that with me so I searched and found the proof proving that my petition was valid. I politely insisted that a Senior GM take over and look into the situation. Guess what? After a few days the petition was answered by a Senior GM who honored my request in the petition with an apology for any inconvenience as well as an offer to look into any other issues that I might have. Thanks for the link to Jowen Datloran's Lorebook but I already have that listed in the 'Plan'.
Aelana Anais Gallente LiveTech Cold Fusion Syndicate	Posted - 2010.09.13 12:52:00 - [130] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Well, sorry to hear that you experienced some standing loss. The level 4 epic arcs are documented by DEV Blogs to not incur any derived standings, either positive or negative. Since you've already completed the other level 4 Epic Arcs and didn't incur any derived standings except on the Minmatar Epic Arc, that sounds like a bug and should be reported and the petition should be honored. I think you should search through all the DEV Blogs and Patch Notes as well as the Forums for proof. I started to search for proof but I'm missing out on valuable time to play the game. As for the GM response to your petition, I've found that most of them use that excuse just to quickly close out the petition. I had a regular GM try that with me so I searched and found the proof proving that my petition was valid. I politely insisted that a Senior GM take over and look into the situation. Guess what? After a few days the petition was answered by a Senior GM who honored my request in the petition with an apology for any inconvenience as well as an offer to look into any other issues that I might have. Thanks for the link to Jowen Datloran's Lorebook but I already have that listed in the 'Plan'. I can't believe I missed you already had that link in your plan... fail == me ;) As for the epic arc, the actual statement (I did a lot of searching for this) was only by CCP Big Dumb Object here: http://www.eve-search.com/thread/1146426/page/1#3 And the statement says only that "Actual standing loss for fighting faction ships will be infrequent. Most missions have been designed to override the usual NPC-kill penalties. Note as the GM that responded to my petition pointed out infrequent != never. It seems odd that with two run-throughs on all of them this was the only mission with standing loss, but hey I am not a GM ;) Heck that it is even the /wrong/ standing for the rats in question, well that's just 'as intended'... As for escalating, I will let someone else do it since I am far past that point now, the petition has been closed for a few weeks and banging heads with a GM puts me in a foul mood. Just posting to let folks know that in that mission there is standing loss and as quoted by GM OCELOT 'We have checked the mission information and the NPC's in the mission locate are flagged towards Amarr Empire which is why you took Amarr empire standing losses and not Ammatar. This mission is working as intended at this time.' áááá

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.13 14:43:00 - [131] Ahh, maybe the name of that Dev says it all, Anyway, I see that was Posted - 2009.08.12 18:39:00 I found this one Posted - 2010.07.13 13:12:00 http://www.eve-search.com/thread/1352802#3 Maybe Ceti Lomax knows which patch has that info? Bottom line: If the Minmatar Level 4 Epic Arc is now the only one that incurs derived Faction standings compared to the other Epic Arcs, then that's a clear case of being unbalanced. It could even be viewed as an exploit, even though I'm sure nobody would want to exploit that. Thanks for the information.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.14 05:09:00 - [132] I've edited the 'Plan' now to include this information: Epic Arcs can be completed every 3 months for a large Faction Standing boost with very little to no derived standings towards other Factions.
Sceta	Posted - 2010.09.15 09:18:00 - [133] Got a question for you. I have flown alot of caldari missions and with dip 4 I got a -1,45 standing with gallante. I want to increase my gallante standing to about -0,5 or so without having my caldari standing of 6.14 by much. Do you advice me to go for the sisters of eve approach or the tutorial mission approach? I need my caldari standing to become arround 7 without getting my gallante standing to below -2. Diplomacy lvl 5 is for now out of the question. Thanks for the answer :) _____________________ <The UFF movement> Want to know more?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.15 10:03:00 - [134] If you can safely travel in all Empire Factions space, then the SoE Arc would probably be better since it doesn't incur any derived standings for completing it and it gives +8.75% increase to the Faction you choose at the end. As for the other Agent types listed in the 'Plan', (Tutorial, Career, Data Center, etc), it's the usual 'Tug of War' standings action (1 step forward, 1/2 step back) that you get from completing regular storyline missions. What makes the 'Plan' work is that every Agent in the 'Plan' gives an important storyline mission for Faction Standing increase which is the reason for the 'Bounce' action. Maybe complete the SoE Epic Arc and the level 4 Epic Arc for your Faction and just use the low level 'Plan' Agents (Tutorial, Circle, etc) to keep the unfriendly Factions from going bad. The Tutorial and other low level Agent missions can be completed quickly. I hope this helps.
Agondray Gallente Avenger Mercenaries VOID Intergalactic Forces	Posted - 2010.09.15 21:55:00 - [135] ccp needs to go back to allowing SOE to boost all empire factions if not all factions period as SOE is highly respected by ALL FACTIONS, empire and pirate.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.16 01:49:00 - [136] Would be nice if that happened.
LOL CYBERKNIGHTS	Posted - 2010.09.18 17:58:00 - [137] bump cos im doin' it now =P
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.19 02:01:00 - [138] Thanks, I hope everything works out good for you.
Apotamkin	Posted - 2010.09.24 15:40:00 - [139] The Pirate Epic Arcs http://www.eveonline.com/devblog.asp?a=blog&bid=713 Is is possible to have good standings with all 4 empire factions AND all the pirate factions as well? I'd like to keep my standings positive but I don't know that's a lot of mind numbing boring sitting in a chair for weeks/months mission grinding. Obviously yeah it's just be easier to pick a side and forget standings with everyone else but not being able to enter somewhere like Jita would be a pain. Can that happen?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.24 23:47:00 - [140] Originally by: Apotamkin The Pirate Epic Arcs http://www.eveonline.com/devblog.asp?a=blog&bid=713 Is is possible to have good standings with all 4 empire factions AND all the pirate factions as well? I'd like to keep my standings positive but I don't know that's a lot of mind numbing boring sitting in a chair for weeks/months mission grinding. Obviously yeah it's just be easier to pick a side and forget standings with everyone else but not being able to enter somewhere like Jita would be a pain. Can that happen? Well, I don't think you can have positive standings with everybody. This 'Plan' will enable all Empire Factions to be positive, however the Pirate Factions will be negative. The Pirate Epic Arcs can be accessed via an Empire Faction Agent. After a while it might be possible to get those to a positive level. Maybe if you declined all encounter missions and only did courier missions you might be able to have most of them at a positive level. As for you referring to this 'Plan' as "a lot of mind numbing boring sitting in a chair for weeks/months mission grinding", well that's your opinion. This 'Plan' is the fastest way to gain standing since all of the agents listed in it give Faction Standing increase. Feel free to find another way to increase Faction Standings faster. If you do, I'd love to hear it.

Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.09.26 17:55:00 - [141] It would be really nice to know if anyone has tried to combine empire and at least one or more pirate standings in a workable mix, or if it's just impossible in the long run.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.27 03:52:00 - [142] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 24/08/2010 22:18:47 Originally by: Lagruna Zegata Great guide, DeMichael. Once you feel like everything is finished and polished it could make a good addition to the EVElopedia. The guide is very comprehensive for Empire, and the only exotic thing that might be added is more info on working for the different pirate factions (both regular missions & storylines...and noting how killing belt rats only lowers standings with individual NPC pirate corps, not factions.) It would also be interesting to see what happens there with CONCORD Assembly faction, etc. Thanks for taking my in-game questions. ~LZ LZ, thank you very much I hope you got the answers you were looking for. Looks like I'll have to do a bit of research and add a section about the Pirate NPC Factions. I do know that CCP has made it easy for players to improve Pirate Faction Standings with the Pirate Faction Epic Arcs. Only need +4.80 Corporation or Faction Standing with one of the 3 starting agents (1 Pirate, 2 Empire). Then there's also COSMOS Pirate Agents, the skill 'Criminal Connections' and of course all the regular Agents. Since all Agents level 1 quality 0 and lower are available to everyone, I'm sure it shouldn't be too hard to build up positive standings with the NPC Pirate Factions. Now the major question I have: Does anyone have Personal Security Status above -2.00 (Travel), Faction Standings above -5.00 (Travel) or -2.00 (Access) with all or most of the Empire Factions and has very high positive Pirate Faction Standings? I would very much like to talk with them and find out how they accomplished it and more on how they maintain those standings. Yeah, this was posted a while back and the question still remains unanswered.
Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.09.29 04:16:00 - [143] Edited by: Jho Ran on 29/09/2010 04:17:10 I found some info info on how it's supposed to work with the pirate epic arc standings, but don't know if they've fixed any bugs. So if/when it works as it should, I guess it should be possible to raise those pirate faction standings every 3 months by large amounts, without any negative hits. Below are som CCP Dropbear quotes: Source. Quote: After some discussion, we've decided to use these pirate arcs additionally as a "redemption" mechanic. By completing the arc, you will gain 30% faction standing (base, that is, it's possible to raise it to 37.5% through Social V). This standings gain is large enough to raise someone with -10 faction standing to -2.5 (0.0 with Diplomacy V) and will allow them to run missions for that faction. We won't be giving out corporation standing, since that reward would be too easily passed around by people fleeting up and sharing the rewards. In fact, that same mechanic ensures that people with -10 corporation standing always have a way to redeem themselves, so adding the corporation standings gain didn't need to happen. The faction gain is never passed around fleets though, of course, which was always the problem with pirate faction standings. This change makes it possible to redeem yourself with every pirate faction either directly, or indirectly by working for a sister faction with good derived standings. In this first release, that means if you want to fix your Serpentis standings, you still can through the Angel Cartel, but it will naturally be a slower process. In future releases as more pirate epic arcs hit TQ, we'll be adding that same faction reward to those. Source. Quote: Moar replies... Quote: stuff about "Is +30% enough? I have X standings, will I be able to run pirate missions afterwards? It's not only enough, it's more than enough. With Diplomacy V and Social V, you can actually take your faction standings from pure -10.00 to 0.00, enough to access decent Level I agents. Remember that the reward is a base of 30%, so it can be raised to 37.5% faction standing through Social V. I've tested and seen it myself. I could tell it was true by the pixels. The mighty CCP Dropbear went from -10.00 to neutral (after some refitting of rails and iridium). As for corporation standings...if you've tanked them too, you'll have to find someone willing to help vouch for your, dare I say, traitorous self and dig you out of that hole. I'm talking about shared fleet standings from missions here, by the way. That same mechanic was the reason you don't get similarly large corporation standing as a reward. Quote: First, you will not be able to enter some of the deadspace pockets in the arc with your Battleship. (Though you can with your Interceptor.) Does this ship restriction include t3 ships ? Or can I do the missions with a T3 cruiser as well ? (Asking since interceptors aren't really bubble-proof). Most if not all missions are restricted to frigate-class ships only. I'm sure you can agree that if it were possible to bring overwhelming firepower, 99.99% of EVE players would. YARRRR!! This limitation helped us balance the arc a lot more, and provide something we hope will be a rewarding challenge. Quote: This description of the angel missions sound like you will mostly be killing other pirates with just a little bit of shooting empire navys. Is this correct? And can someone point me to the derived standing loss equations so I can figure out how much my State standing will suffer from a 30% boost to Angels? Yes, that mostly correct regarding the Angel arc. There are no derived standings losses, by the way. More details here.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.29 11:07:00 - [144] Nice Info, thanks.
Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.09.30 06:06:00 - [145] Trying to wrap my sleepy head around something.... I get that at around 3.33 unmodified standings with all 4 empires a sort of equilibrium is reached when it comes to the storyline missions and others which give derived negative standings as well. Originally by: Jagga Spikes example 2: faction A 3.33 faction B 3.33 same 10% increase to faction A will be +0.67 increase to effective standing. loss of 5% to faction B will be -0.67 reduction. as Fairhand said, "step forward gets smaller and any steps back get bigger". But, the Social skill doesn't affect that at all right? It just makes the gains and losses bigger? Or is the 25% bonus from Social V added after the derived standings are calculated? The storyline missions give nice corp standing bumps as well, so for that they are still usefull I guess, but other than that, there's little point in doing them after 3.33 unmodified it seems. In other words, it's really up to the epic arc faction standing gains from then on. Also, if the derived standing modifiers here are correct (-5.000 between Amarr and Minmatar) then why did I get a +2.004% increase with Minmatar and -1.2325 with Amarr after a storyline mission? Maybe it'll all make sense after I sleep, but answers are welcome never the less. :)
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.30 11:58:00 - [146] Ahh, that standing link from New-Eden is incorrect. This Link has been updated with the most current info with the standing changes recently made in Eve which is listed in the 'Plan'. As for the amount received, my Empire Faction standings are currently well over +4.00 and I still get large standing boost from storyline missions with Social, Connections and Negotiation skills at lv 5. Probably will continue to do so until all Empire Factions are around +6.00. I still have all Empire Factions level 4 Cosmos Agent missions left to complete along with all of the lv 4 Epic Arcs. Not to mention I also have a few Data Center Tag missions left to complete. I'll probably complete the Epic Arcs first to gain standing for access to the level 4 Cosmos Agent missions. Hopefully by the time I complete all those cosmos missions, I'll be able to do the Epic Arcs again.
Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.09.30 18:29:00 - [147] But that link says the same thing with regards to Amarr and Minmatar modifiers (-5.000) and I am still confused about the whole "+2.0% gain for minmatar gives -1.2% loss with amarr" thing. Could the diplomacy skill affect this somehow? I only have that to lvl 2.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.30 23:22:00 - [148] Originally by: Jho Ran Edited by: Jho Ran on 30/09/2010 20:08:29 But that link says the same thing with regards to Amarr and Minmatar modifiers (-5.000) and I am still confused about the whole "+2.0% gain for minmatar gives -1.2% loss with amarr" thing. Could the diplomacy skill affect this somehow? I only have that to lvl 2. Edit: I guess I'll raise diplomacy to 4 and see if the numbers change. I'll hold off on the storyline missions until then. Diplomacy skill only affects negative standings towards Factions and Corps listed in - standings section - 'Disliked by' tab - of the character sheet. Connections affects positive standings listed in the 'Liked by' tab. When you gain positive standing for a Faction, Corp and Agent, Social and Negotiation skills modify and increase the amount received which is then added to the correct standings section of the character sheet. At the same time, the Factions enemy receives 1/2 the amount in negative standings. Can't get around that. CCP likes to round up the negative standings amount and round down the positive standings amount incurred from derived standings. Consider it as a Dance. 1 step forward with positive standing and 1/2 step back with negative standing. Move or 'Bounce' over to that Factions enemy and do the same, you'll then have moved up 1/2 a step positive with both Factions. The Epic Arcs allow a large positive jump with little to no negative steps back. I hope this helps. http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Standings_mechanics
Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.09.30 23:30:00 - [149] Ah, yes, thanks for the reply, but I guess I wasn't being clear enough. :) I wonder why I am getting a -1.2% decrease to Amarr as opposed to only a -1.0% decrease, when my minmatar standing goes up 2.0%
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.09.30 23:38:00 - [150] CCP likes to round up the negative standings amount and round down the positive standings amount incurred from derived standings.

Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.09.30 23:44:00 - [151] Awright, thanks. That's a lot of rounding. :(
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.01 00:09:00 - [152] Yeah, I agree.
Makedonomax0s	Posted - 2010.10.02 20:31:00 - [153] Hello DeMichael. Thanks for your great guide. I recently had problems with gallente (-4.5 with a few diplomacy) and thank god i found you cause i was clueless and desperate. I decided to do your plan for the minmatar. It is kinda time-eating but i doubt i 'll find a better way. I got plenty of 1.1% increases so far. From now on i will decline all gallente-killing missions. And the skills helped. Soon i 'll avoid the hostility Hugs 'n' kisses, Makedon!
MYOB	Posted - 2010.10.03 00:41:00 - [154] Great guide, page bookmarked I am a new player and my starting job is mission running. As such, high faction standings will make it much easier to find new high level missions. I do not yet have the skills to run high level missions, but I can work on getting my standings up while I wait for my skills to train. I will be using much of the advice in this guide to do that. Thanks!
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.03 00:59:00 - [155] Great, it's good to hear that. Yeah, it takes a bit of time to work this 'Plan'. The main thing to remember is that every Event Agent listed gives Faction Standings while the 'Bounce' option helps to make them equal. Just have to keep an eye on the standings and switch Factions every once in a while. Unfortunately it's sorta like 'Square Dancing'. *DeMichael Crimson starts playing a Fiddle and sings out cadence: "Take a partner and doce c dac, 1 step forward 1/2 step back. Get new partner and doce c doe, repeat the steps it may seem slow. Parmalade with everyone, after while the dance is done."
Mathrin	Posted - 2010.10.07 14:19:00 - [156] So..... Minmatarr -6.6 Gallente -6.47 I was new and didn't realise the effect those factions missios would have. Now I only have 2 skills Negotiation lvl 3 Social lvl 4 How much would training take up my standings roughly. Also could I fleet up with a friend when he does a storyline mission and get some of the faction standings? Basicly i just want to not get shot in there space as fast as possible with the smallest amount of grinding. Also I am attempting getting good standings with both empire and pirate factions on a trader alt. My thinking is to do Non-Combat missions and storyline missions for empire and jump back to them once my standing start to lower. Not sure if it will work but im going to try.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.08 04:04:00 - [157] Train Diplomacy at least to lv 4. That should help a lot. Helping a friend on his Storyline mission will NOT give you Faction Standing increase.
Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.10.11 14:09:00 - [158] Well, rounding penalties or not, I was simply unable to get past an avg. of 2.33 unmodified standing when switching between lvl 2 Amarr and Minmatar storyline missions. I must have done 5 for each or so, with social 5 and negotiation 4, but the faction standings just ping-ponged back and forth. However, when I did a couple of lvl 3 missions the numbers (avg.) started going up again.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.11 15:54:00 - [159] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 11/10/2010 16:03:49 Originally by: Jho Ran Well, rounding penalties or not, I was simply unable to get past an avg. of 2.33 unmodified standing when switching between lvl 2 Amarr and Minmatar storyline missions. I must have done 5 for each or so, with social 5 and negotiation 4, but the faction standings just ping-ponged back and forth. However, when I did a couple of lvl 3 missions the numbers (avg.) started going up again. I'm a bit confused. Are you doing 16 regular missions to get 1 storyline or are you following this 'Plan' and working the Event Agents? Also do you have Connections skill trained? If it's just the regular 16 missions, what type of missions? One of the main points with this 'Plan' is to NOT accept any Faction encounter missions. Structures and ship kills will incur derived negative Faction Standings. Also if the Storyline mission offer is Anti Faction, should decline that as well. Don't want to include structure and ship kills along with the derived negative Faction Standings. If following the 'Plan', you should see the standing for the Allied Factions you're currently working go up quickly while the enemy Allied Factions standings go down. Depending on which Faction and level of Agents completed, you can take one Faction up quite high while keeping an eye on the enemy Allied Factions and switch or 'Bounce' to one of those just before it's standing goes below the amount needed for access. I've posted all of my statistics and Faction Standings incurred as well as the steps I've done with each completed section of the 'Plan'. When I list the Faction Standings, it's the modified amount/number. As you can see, all of my Empire Faction Standings have raised up quite a bit from when I first started working this 'Plan'. I hope this has helped.
Apotamkin	Posted - 2010.10.11 20:19:00 - [160] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson As for you referring to this 'Plan' as "a lot of mind numbing boring sitting in a chair for weeks/months mission grinding", well that's your opinion. This 'Plan' is the fastest way to gain standing since all of the agents listed in it give Faction Standing increase. Feel free to find another way to increase Faction Standings faster. If you do, I'd love to hear it. I did not mean that your plan was boring. I meant that the missions themselves in this game are boring. Yeah the PVE in this game is mind numbing in my opinion. It's a chore most of the time to do anything. That's why CCP makes a killing on PLEX and GTCs. Your plan however is quite awesome and well thought out

Jho Ran	Posted - 2010.10.12 00:42:00 - [161] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 11/10/2010 16:08:40 Originally by: Jho Ran Well, rounding penalties or not, I was simply unable to get past an avg. of 2.33 unmodified standing when switching between lvl 2 Amarr and Minmatar storyline missions. I must have done 5 for each or so, with social 5 and negotiation 4, but the faction standings just ping-ponged back and forth. However, when I did a couple of lvl 3 missions the numbers (avg.) started going up again. I'm a bit confused. Are you doing 16 regular missions to get 1 storyline or are you following this 'Plan' and working the Event Agents? Also do you have Connections skill trained? If it's just the regular 16 missions, what type of missions? One of the main points with this 'Plan' is to NOT accept any Faction encounter missions. Structures and ship kills will incur derived negative Faction Standings. Also if the Storyline mission offer is Anti Faction, should decline that as well. Don't want to include structure and ship kills along with the derived negative Faction Standings. I was referring to Originally by: Jho Ran Ah, yes, thanks for the reply, but I guess I wasn't being clear enough. :) I wonder why I am getting a -1.2% decrease to Amarr as opposed to only a -1.0% decrease, when my minmatar standing goes up 2.0% Originally by: DeMichael Crimson CCP likes to round up the negative standings amount and round down the positive standings amount incurred from derived standings. with regards to the rounding thing. :) I have connections at 4, but I am only looking at the unmodified standings. I have followed the plan, but I am at a point where I need better combat skills to continue with the cosmos missions and lvl 4 epic arcs. I have done the rest, except the lvl 2+ datacenter missions. In the meantime I am not killing any ships or otherwise of the other empire factions, in fact, I mainly do courier missions because they are faster. The storyline missions I got involving ships of the other empire factions I did on an alt in fleet, so only he got the standing hit. My point is simply this, when doing the whole 16 regular missions to get 1 storyline mission-grind, the level of the storyline mission seem to matter quite a bit. For example. Lvl 2 Storyline mission for Minmatar: Amarr 2.18, Minmatar 2.48 *Same* lvl 2 storyline mission for Amarr: Amarr 2.48, Minmatar 2.18 and so on back and forth 5+ times without getting ahead. Different numbers depending on the mission, but same average. However, with two lvl 3 storyline missions I was able to get past that point (2.36 and 2.41 with Amarr and Minmatar respectively). In other words, other than the nice corp standing boosts, the lvl 2 storyline missions gave me nothing overall after a certain point, which at least in my case was around 2.33 unmodified faction standing. The plan is great, but people following it are probably also interested in how storyline missions affect faction standings, so that's why I am posting this. :)
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.12 01:42:00 - [162] Ahhhh, my mistake. I apologize for misinterpreting what you both had posted. Thank you for replying and clarifying the meaning or context of the statements posted. I sincerely hope everything works out OK for you both in regards to working this 'Plan'. Good luck and much success to you all.
Talsha Talamar Amarr Nebula Rasa Holdings Nebula Rasa	Posted - 2010.10.17 23:30:00 - [163] Edited by: Talsha Talamar on 17/10/2010 23:43:01 A quick warning about the evelopedia guide about DATACENTERS. There seems to have been a major undocumented nerf.. ahm.. "rebalancing" with regards to the standing gains. I posted the following there in the discussion section and it would be great if others could check their numbers so that we could correct the page. Given the costs of the tags, this could prevent quiete a bit of frustration for many. <snip> The standing gain numbers are no longer correct for many tags As an example 18/10/10 I did turn in the following in on an alt: Blood Palladium Tags (Social 3) Faction 1,4276% Corp 4,7585% A few years ago I turned the same ones in on my main: Blood Palladium Tags (Social 4) Faction 5,57% Corp 19,7% The guide lists: Blood Palladium Tags Corp: 16,67% Faction: 5% While the guide is coherent with the old numbers, the new numbers clearly do not match. Some more numbers Example: is(should) Sansha Palladium Tags Corp: 6,2308% (20%) Faction: 1,947% (6,25%) Sansha Electrum Corp: 6,7497% (1,38%) Faction: 2,1093% (0,41%) Sansha Crystal Corp: 6.6642% (14,7%) Faction: 2,0826% (4,5%) </snip> I created a petion with regards to this situation as well. It seems silly that the standing gains neither correspond with a) the tag rarity /costs nor b) the agent/mission QL.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.18 00:34:00 - [164] , thanks for the information. I'm not sure but with all of the patches, expansions and changes CCP has done, anything is possible. Maybe the numbers listed in the Evelopedia are based with Social and Negotiation skills trained to lv 5.
Talsha Talamar Amarr Nebula Rasa Holdings Nebula Rasa	Posted - 2010.10.20 14:55:00 - [165] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Maybe the numbers listed in the Evelopedia are based with Social and Negotiation skills trained to lv 5. That wouldnt cover the a >200% difference in standing gains between then and now ;) I will do a few more of those on an associate with all the socials to V, once I have her near the required standings.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.21 02:50:00 - [166] Great, please inform us of the results.
Mathrin	Posted - 2010.10.26 18:30:00 - [167] Bumped, because i had a hard time finding this to show my friends
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.28 03:33:00 - [168] Excellent, I hope this 'Plan' helps everyone as much as it's helped me. I'm currently grinding missions for R&D Corporations to access one high level Research Agent from each Empire Faction. So far I have accessed Minmatar, Ammatar and Amarr. Next will be Gallente and then Caldari. Because of this my standings are doing a major Sea-Saw action. I'll then jump on completing all the level 4 Epic Arcs and then the level 4 Cosmos Agents. I'll be sure to keep everyone updated.
Patrice Macmahon The Lost Minmatar Legion	Posted - 2010.10.29 01:48:00 - [169] Edited by: Patrice Macmahon on 29/10/2010 01:54:31 With all the time and effort your putting into this, Its commendable. There is something to be said about having "the highest possible standings will all opposing factions." However, on a practical maner, this is completely insane. Balanced Faction standings prevent you from having easily accessable agents within that faction, so you wont be able to hop from doing level IV's for the Navy and then Level IV's with whatever research agent you want out of that faction on a whim. With the way your doing it, then for EVERY corporation you want standings with your going to need to start just about at the bottom of the totem pole for every corporation. A bit of advice to anyone wanting to play the "Super" standings game: Just concentrate on the corporations you want, and don't let your effective (modified) standings drop below -1.99 (about -5.0 with diplomacy). You can do storyline for other factions, just don't blow up other faction ships and your standings with negative factions will ride on the "floor". When you want to go grind another set, just blitz the toem pole and pick your corp. With solid social skills it takes 1-2 days utilizing the agent locator to unlock level IV's. But heh, if you want to run around and do all this, have at bro. =) Good advice and cconsolodation of material on how to bring those major negative up from the brink BTW. I just disagree with leveling out ALL your standings. Its a waste of effort mechanically. The Intakis have an obligation to defend the Federation, but not to assult others on its behalf.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.29 09:10:00 - [170] Well, thanks for posting. I'm sorry to say this but your logic is flawed with misinformation and some of your statements are incorrect. Originally by: Patrice Macmahon Edited by: Patrice Macmahon on 29/10/2010 01:54:31 However, on a practical maner, this is completely insane. Not sure how this 'Plan' is insane since being able to go anywhere in Eve seems very 'practical' to me. Originally by: Patrice Macmahon Balanced Faction standings prevent you from having easily accessable agents within that faction, so you wont be able to hop from doing level IV's for the Navy and then Level IV's with whatever research agent you want out of that faction on a whim. Having high Faction standings allows access to all regular Agents of all Corporations within the Faction. The exception is that Research Agents require a set amount of Corporation standing and Cosmos Agents require a set amount of Faction standing. Epic Arc Agents and Data Center Agents require either Corporation or Faction standing. Originally by: Patrice Macmahon With the way your doing it, then for EVERY corporation you want standings with your going to need to start just about at the bottom of the totem pole for every corporation. As I said before, high Faction standings allows access to high level Agents. I just checked available Agents in two different Corporations I haven't worked for yet. One from my highest Faction standing and one from my lowest Faction standing. Seems I already have access to level 4 Agents in my highest Faction and access to level 3 Agents in my lowest Faction. Since I haven't done any missions for either of those Corporations yet, I'd hardly call that starting from the bottom of the Totem Pole. Originally by: Patrice Macmahon A bit of advice to anyone wanting to play the "Super" standings game: Just concentrate on the corporations you want, and don't let your effective (modified) standings drop below -1.99 (about -5.0 with diplomacy). You can do storyline for other factions, just don't blow up other faction ships and your standings with negative factions will ride on the "floor". When you want to go grind another set, just blitz the toem pole and pick your corp. With solid social skills it takes 1-2 days utilizing the agent locator to unlock level IV's. The only Corporation grind I've actually done has been for either Data Center, Epic Arc or Research Agents. Once the Corporation standing required has been gained, I'll always have access to the high level Agents as long as I stay above -2.00 Faction standing. Not sure where you figure the -5.00 with Diplomacy since that only allows you to travel in Empire Faction space without getting attacked by Faction Navy NPC's. It won't allow access to high level Agents. Originally by: Patrice Macmahon But heh, if you want to run around and do all this, have at bro. =) Heh, that was my 'Plan' from the start. Considering the fact that I already have access to 3/4 or more of all Empire Agents available in this game, I still have the level 4 Epic Arcs, all level 4 Cosmos Agents and a few more Data Center Tag missions to complete. When those are completed I'll have access to each and every Empire Agent available in this game and able to go anywhere I please. Originally by: Patrice Macmahon Good advice and cconsolodation of material on how to bring those major negative up from the brink BTW. I just disagree with leveling out ALL your standings. Its a waste of effort mechanically. Thanks, I think. Really doesn't matter if you agree or disagree, I play this game for my own enjoyment and set out to accomplish some goals which very few players have done. In the process I found a way to accomplish it and decided to share it with everyone. This 'Plan' may not be for you and that's ok. Bottom line, if you feel the need to 'Rain on my Parade', please get the facts straight. Goals: 1, Access to all Research Agents 2, Complete all Event Agent missions 3, Acquire high positive Empire standings

sasabor	Posted - 2010.10.29 10:28:00 - [171] Just want to let you know your guide helped me alot repairing my gallente and minmatar standing, which i had both butchered (- 8 both of them) I m still negative for the minmatar and have to grind lvl 1 missions for that atleast it will not take that long anymore Thank you for your guide
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.10.29 20:42:00 - [172] Thank you, I'm glad to hear it has helped. This 'Plan' is indeed the fastest way to repair negative Faction standings as well as boost positive Faction standings.
Passageway Gallente	Posted - 2010.11.05 16:08:00 - [173] I've just started running missions for SoE to improve some of my negative faction standings (worst is amarr at -9.45). I have access to some low level ammatar agents not too far away. Would my derived amarr standings improve faster with the ammatar agents or SoE? I'm still going to run missions for the SoE, as I'm after a change of pace from Gallente, but I'd like to reopen Amarr space eventually as well.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.11.06 08:27:00 - [174] http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Standings#Standing_Relationships Yes, completing storyline missions for Ammatar Agents will give derived Faction Standing increase to Amarr and Caldari. The Servant Sisters of Eve will give derived Faction standing increase to Gallente and Minmatar. If Amarr is the lowest 'Unfriendly' Faction standing, then Caldari Faction standing is probably higher and is a better option to quickly gain standings to start working the 'Plan'. Look for Caldari (or Amarr) corporations located in the regions you can safely travel and start with level 1 quality 0 agents and grind missions for storylines. If no Amarr or Caldari corporation agents (Level 1 Quality 0) are available in the regions you can safely travel, then look for Ammatar or Khanid Kingdom Corporation Agents. Now if you have above -2.00 Faction standing with Ammatar or Khanid, then go with the highest level/quality agent available. Keep checking the Amarr and Caldari Faction Standings and as soon as one of them is above -5.00, start working the 'Plan' with the Tutorial, Career, Circle, etc Agents. Most importantly train up the Social skills - Diplomacy, Social, Negotiation and Connections. Good luck.
Kary Tamona Crom Demons	Posted - 2010.11.08 10:33:00 - [175] Hi, friendly bump as this thread is helping me a lot. I have now got (low) positive standings with the five main empire factions thanks to the OP's plan. Since my gaming time is quite limited I have adapted the plan to my needs. This is what I am doing: - I used the OP plan to gain positive standings with the empire factions. - Then I missioned ONLY for the corps that give the epic arc missions (eg. Impetus for the Gallente epic arc) till I got high enough standings with those corps. If you are careful to choose your missioning where the closest storyline agent belongs to the same corp you are missioning for, it will speed things a lot. - I am doing the 5 empire epic arcs one after the other. - Afterwards I'll go back to my usual carebear playing but I won't accept storyline missions or missions that have me shooting any of the empire factions. - I plan to repeat the 5 epic arcs every three months till I get the standings I am aiming for. For me this is easier than chasing all the tutorial/career/circle/cosmos/datacenter missions around Eve. Hope it helps, and of course YMMV.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.11.08 12:16:00 - [176] Originally by: Kary Tamona Hi, friendly bump as this thread is helping me a lot. Thank you for the 'Friendly' bump, I think. The main thing to remember is that each of us needs to play this game for our own enjoyment. Originally by: Kary Tamona For me this is easier than chasing all the tutorial/career/circle/cosmos/datacenter missions around Eve. Hope it helps, and of course YMMV. What does YMMV mean? I'm curious as to how you got all the Factions to be (Low) positive standings without completing any missions for those agents? As for the Event Agents listed in the 'Plan'. You don't have to do any of them, especially if your Faction Standings aren't that bad. Bouncing between Factions and training the Social skills will fix that. The Tutorial/Career/Circle Agents are used to bring Faction Standing from -5.00 to above -2.00 along with some of the Data Center Agents. (The Cake) The rest of the Data Center Agents and Cosmos Agents are used to accelerate the process of gaining high Faction Standings. (The Ice Cream) The Epic Arc Agents are to put the Faction Standings well over the top and more or less keep them there. (The Party) Main thing is that the Cosmos missions are very different from the regular Agent missions which makes them in my opinion very fun to complete. Granted that most of the BPC's they give are close to worthless but hey, at least the Cosmos missions are different and as I said before, very fun. I should also mention that the Cosmos missions usually have a lot of Eve eye candy to enjoy. Doing the 'Special' Concord missions wasn't actually part of the 'Plan' either but I decided to complete those also. My main thing is to access all 'Special' Event Agents in this game. Why? Because it's different from just doing the same old repetitive regular Agent missions. And more importantly, just so I can say I did it.
Kary Tamona Crom Demons	Posted - 2010.11.08 13:35:00 - [177] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson What does YMMV mean? That means "Your mileage may vary". I mean that my way of doing things may not work for other people as each of us play the game differently. Originally by: DeMichael Crimson I'm curious as to how you got all the Factions to be (Low) positive standings without completing any missions for those agents? Maybe I didn't explain myself. I did follow your plan until I got positive with every mayor empire faction. Originally by: DeMichael Crimson As for the Event Agents listed in the 'Plan'. You don't have to do any of them, especially if your Faction Standings aren't that bad. Bouncing between Factions and training the Social skills will fix that. I trained the social factions to 5 as per your recommendation, they help a lot, and I followed your plan until I got positive standings. It is just that after I got those positive standings, I choose to do only the epic arc missions to bring them up. The system you propose is very good, and quite complete. In fact I wasn't aware of many of those missions until I read about them in your post. Sorry if I sound like dismissive of your work. On the contrary. I only intended to point out that once you have positive standings epic arc missions on their own will be enough to keep your standings increasing without having to bother about doing the rest of the plan. I'm sure my way of doing this is not as efficient or as fast. It is just my alternative way of getting to the "party". I guess I'm a lazy player :) I will keep in mind your comments about the Cosmos missions. I do not care about the BPs, but if those missions are fun, I'm all for it. I love eye candy. Once again, thanks for the thread. I mean it.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.11.09 11:06:00 - [178] Ahhh, ok. Thanks for the clarification. I'm glad the 'Plan' helped you and I wish you lot's of luck with your plan of action regarding Faction standings. I myself intend on completing the Epic Arcs every 3 months as well. The Cosmos missions are indeed very different from regular missions with lot's of eye candy. Not to mention I also enjoy the storyline pertaining to those missions.
Tohmu Blackwing	Posted - 2010.11.15 23:49:00 - [179] GREAT article! Honestly, one of the best I have seen in several years. You really put a lot of effort into this. I was looking into doing exactly what you have written about about 2 years ago (1 1/2 maybe?), only, I had no idea if it could be done. There was very little information around on data centers, COSMOS missions and no mention of the career agents and circle agents (are they new?). Anyways, I have only one question/concern about embarking on your Plan: If I want to do the highest level COSMOS missions, for the faction BS reward, then I need astronomically high standing to qualify for the mission. For example: Caldari State agent Zoun Makui (in Otitoh), a 4/20 agent requires a 9.90 standing to qualify for the Raven Navy Issue reward. I currently have a few characters with specialization in different factions missions. If I do this, do I blow any chance I have of attaining that 9.9 or higher standing to get the mission? Is is still possible, or should I max out my standing first to get that mission, then go do The Plan? Thanks.
Ifly Uwalk Caldari Empire Tax Collection Agency	Posted - 2010.11.16 00:44:00 - [180] Originally by: Tohmu Blackwing If I do this, do I blow any chance I have of attaining that 9.9 or higher standing to get the mission? Is is still possible, or should I max out my standing first to get that mission, then go do The Plan? It is possible to work the Plan and still get to 9.9 with every faction. It will take forever though. What is your goal exactly? If you want high standings across the factions on one character, go with the Plan. If you want to go specifically for the BS prints, get one faction, plus if you like its allied faction, to 9.9. Then work the Plan. It is possible to get to 9.9 with one faction without having to go to -5.0 or worse with its enemy faction. You'll need Diplomacy at least at IV, though.

Tohmu Blackwing	Posted - 2010.11.16 01:47:00 - [181] Originally by: Ifly Uwalk Originally by: Tohmu Blackwing If I do this, do I blow any chance I have of attaining that 9.9 or higher standing to get the mission? Is is still possible, or should I max out my standing first to get that mission, then go do The Plan? It is possible to work the Plan and still get to 9.9 with every faction. It will take forever though. What is your goal exactly? If you want high standings across the factions on one character, go with the Plan. If you want to go specifically for the BS prints, get one faction, plus if you like its allied faction, to 9.9. Then work the Plan. It is possible to get to 9.9 with one faction without having to go to -5.0 or worse with its enemy faction. You'll need Diplomacy at least at IV, though. Thanks Ifly. Well... I want what all men want. I just want more... If I do follow the plan, it sounds like my faction should stabilize somewhere in the mid 5s, correct? So if that is the case, then it is possible to grind to 9.9, right? I don't have that much standing now for any faction. I think the closest I have come is 8.9 for Caldari on one of my toons. This took a LONG time to do, so I am not sure how feasible it is. Perhaps I should follow the plan and get the highest reasonable level, and then specialize with my toons and have one go for the Amarr-Caldari rewards and the others Gal-Min. This would mean a lot of work to get those alternate factions back up after I am done, but once I finish all the missions, it is less of a priority. I would love to keep 5 standing for all 4 factions, but beyond the aesthetics of it, I don't think I would have a use for it (my corpmates would all have to do the plan for us to get the benefit of high-sec towers and such.)
Tohmu Blackwing	Posted - 2010.11.16 05:52:00 - [182] Edited by: Tohmu Blackwing on 16/11/2010 05:53:09 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson ... On a side note: I'll be adding another section to the 'Plan' about the Epic Arc's, Mainly the level 1 SoE Arc which can be used every 3 months to help even up lop-sided Faction Standings. Also when each Factions standing get's up high enough to access the first agent in the level 4 Epic Arc's, it's a good idea to complete that first mission of the arc and then let the Arc sit in the journal. That way after you've completed all the Cosmos agents, you'll still have access to the level 4 Epic Arcs which also can be completed every 3 months for Faction Standing gain. This was the only item in your whole report that I didn't quite get. Can you clarify this a bit for me please, because I seem to be a bit slow on this one. Why do the mission and then leave it? I haven't done any COSMOS or Epic Arc missions, but don't they have timers like other missions? Can you really leave them that long? Or are you talking about the arc of missions - do you mean they do not automatically assign you the next mission when you finish the one you are working on? I had always assumed that it was like the deadspace exploration escalation sites that push you from one to the next to the next, with little time in-between to take a breather. But even if this is the case, why do you want to do the level 4 Epic Arc mission - and then leave it sitting. Why not do it now and then the 3 month countdown timer for your next epic arc can begin sooner? Like I said, I am afraid that I am missing something here... Thanks again DMC.
Padegejas Minmatar Confurius	Posted - 2010.11.16 07:05:00 - [183] Originally by: Tohmu Blackwing Edited by: Tohmu Blackwing on 16/11/2010 05:53:09 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson ... On a side note: I'll be adding another section to the 'Plan' about the Epic Arc's, Mainly the level 1 SoE Arc which can be used every 3 months to help even up lop-sided Faction Standings. Also when each Factions standing get's up high enough to access the first agent in the level 4 Epic Arc's, it's a good idea to complete that first mission of the arc and then let the Arc sit in the journal. That way after you've completed all the Cosmos agents, you'll still have access to the level 4 Epic Arcs which also can be completed every 3 months for Faction Standing gain. This was the only item in your whole report that I didn't quite get. Can you clarify this a bit for me please, because I seem to be a bit slow on this one. Why do the mission and then leave it? I haven't done any COSMOS or Epic Arc missions, but don't they have timers like other missions? Can you really leave them that long? Or are you talking about the arc of missions - do you mean they do not automatically assign you the next mission when you finish the one you are working on? I had always assumed that it was like the deadspace exploration escalation sites that push you from one to the next to the next, with little time in-between to take a breather. But even if this is the case, why do you want to do the level 4 Epic Arc mission - and then leave it sitting. Why not do it now and then the 3 month countdown timer for your next epic arc can begin sooner? Like I said, I am afraid that I am missing something here... Thanks again DMC. Epic arcs do not have timers. You can get the mission offer and let it stay in your journal for as long as you wish. The reason why it's suggested to start epic arck and leave it uncompleeted until you finish cosmos missions is because both those types of missions alter faction standings drasticaly and sometimes it's wise not to alter these numbers untill you finish cosmos missions so you will be able to acces them for the opposing faction.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.11.16 18:07:00 - [184] The information posted above is correct. I guess I need to change the statement listed in the 'Plan' a little bit. The reason I said to complete the first mission of the level 4 Epic Arcs and then let it sit in the journal is because that's the only time your standings will be checked. There is no time limit on accepting the next Epic Arc mission. I should have included that either Faction or Corporation standing of +6.80 or higher is needed to access the starting agent. If you grind Corporation standing and complete the starting agent mission for each level 4 Epic Arc, you can have all 4 Arcs listed in the journal active and waiting. I've completed all Factions lv 3 and lower Cosmos agents along with all Tutorial, Career, Circle and most of the Data Center Agents, it now looks like I'll have to complete all of the level 4 Epic Arcs to gain access to the level 4 Cosmos Agents. This is actually a good thing because after completing all Factions level 4 Cosmos Agents, I should then be able to access the Epic Arcs again to further boost my Faction standings and hopefully be able or close to accessing the Faction ship offers. This 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' is actually a 'work in progress' and as such is subject to a few small changes along the way. As I complete each and every step of the 'Plan', I make the necessary changes and always list any edit's done to the 'Plan'. Once I've completed everything, this 'Plan' will become a 'Guide' which I'll post in the Evelopedia. Lately I've been busy grinding Corporation standings for Research Agents. As of right now I have access to top level/quality Research Agents with Amarr, Ammatar, Gallente, Minmatar and Thukker. After I gain access to Caldari Research Agents, I'll then go complete all level 4 Epic Arcs and then work the level 4 Cosmos Agents. Once again, thank you all for taking the time to read and reply to this thread. I wish you all the best of luck and hope the information in this 'Plan' helps everyone as much as it has helped me. DMC
Tohmu Blackwing	Posted - 2010.11.16 23:40:00 - [185] Originally by: Padegejas Originally by: Tohmu Blackwing Edited by: Tohmu Blackwing on 16/11/2010 05:53:09 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson ... On a side note: I'll be adding another section to the 'Plan' about the Epic Arc's, Mainly the level 1 SoE Arc which can be used every 3 months to help even up lop-sided Faction Standings. Also when each Factions standing get's up high enough to access the first agent in the level 4 Epic Arc's, it's a good idea to complete that first mission of the arc and then let the Arc sit in the journal. That way after you've completed all the Cosmos agents, you'll still have access to the level 4 Epic Arcs which also can be completed every 3 months for Faction Standing gain. This was the only item in your whole report that I didn't quite get. Can you clarify this a bit for me please, because I seem to be a bit slow on this one. Why do the mission and then leave it? I haven't done any COSMOS or Epic Arc missions, but don't they have timers like other missions? Can you really leave them that long? Or are you talking about the arc of missions - do you mean they do not automatically assign you the next mission when you finish the one you are working on? I had always assumed that it was like the deadspace exploration escalation sites that push you from one to the next to the next, with little time in-between to take a breather. But even if this is the case, why do you want to do the level 4 Epic Arc mission - and then leave it sitting. Why not do it now and then the 3 month countdown timer for your next epic arc can begin sooner? Like I said, I am afraid that I am missing something here... Thanks again DMC. Epic arcs do not have timers. You can get the mission offer and let it stay in your journal for as long as you wish. The reason why it's suggested to start epic arck and leave it uncompleeted until you finish cosmos missions is because both those types of missions alter faction standings drasticaly and sometimes it's wise not to alter these numbers untill you finish cosmos missions so you will be able to acces them for the opposing faction. Ah, thanks! I knew there had to be a good reason - the guide was far too well researched and written to have a dud in it. I just couldn't figure out why. Thanks.
Tohmu Blackwing	Posted - 2010.11.16 23:44:00 - [186] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson The information posted above is correct. I guess I need to change the statement listed in the 'Plan' a little bit. The reason I said to complete the first mission of the level 4 Epic Arcs and then let it sit in the journal is because that's the only time your standings will be checked. There is no time limit on accepting the next Epic Arc mission. I should have included that either Faction or Corporation standing of +6.80 or higher is needed to access the starting agent. If you grind Corporation standing and complete the starting agent mission for each level 4 Epic Arc, you can have all 4 Arcs listed in the journal active and waiting. Aha! Got it! Thanks DMC. Sorry for being slow on the uptake on that one. Originally by: DeMichael Crimson I've completed all Factions lv 3 and lower Cosmos agents along with all Tutorial, Career, Circle and most of the Data Center Agents, it now looks like I'll have to complete all of the level 4 Epic Arcs to gain access to the level 4 Cosmos Agents. This is actually a good thing because after completing all Factions level 4 Cosmos Agents, I should then be able to access the Epic Arcs again to further boost my Faction standings and hopefully be able or close to accessing the Faction ship offers. This 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' is actually a 'work in progress' and as such is subject to a few small changes along the way. As I complete each and every step of the 'Plan', I make the necessary changes and always list any edit's done to the 'Plan'. Once I've completed everything, this 'Plan' will become a 'Guide' which I'll post in the Evelopedia. Lately I've been busy grinding Corporation standings for Research Agents. As of right now I have access to top level/quality Research Agents with Amarr, Ammatar, Gallente, Minmatar and Thukker. After I gain access to Caldari Research Agents, I'll then go complete all level 4 Epic Arcs and then work the level 4 Cosmos Agents. Once again, thank you all for taking the time to read and reply to this thread. I wish you all the best of luck and hope the information in this 'Plan' helps everyone as much as it has helped me. DMC Thanks again DMC, and good luck with your own endeavors!
Bernardo Guii	Posted - 2010.11.17 03:31:00 - [187] Hey DMC, great guide! Thanks a ton, buddy! I don't mean to be a word-smith, but there are a few small questions I hope you can clarify. You said: Quote: "After completing all the lv 1 Data Center Agent missions, now do the lv 1 Cosmos Agent missions. You can only decline the first mission offered and still have access to Agent later." Emphasis is mine. What do you mean "you can ONLY decline the first mission..." The first one is repeatable? You can decline it and get it again later? Other COSMOS agents must have their mission completed or you lose it? Sorry, I am confused. Also, I thought that COSMOS missions needed to be done in a specific order, as in, one agent refers to the next, and so on. Or do I have that mixed up with something else? Long before I knew what COSMOS missions were, I took a mission and could not finish it. It was a level 1 mission, but I could not obtain the required item before the timer popped. Am I screwed for COSMOS missions or, if that was my first one, can I just repeat it? One more question. You said: Quote: "While working this 'Plan', talk to all the agents and if it's a 1 part mission that doesn't say 'Important Storyline' (Yellow Text) in the journal and have a good reward, decline it. All Event Agent missions will be listed as 'Storyline' even if it doesn't give Faction Standing increase. Usually the last part of the multi part missions will be the 'Important Storyline' (Faction Standing increase). " Really dense question here, but, I thought that you had to DO 16 missions to GET a storyline mission. If you decline them all, then how do you get the storyline missions? Also, doesn't declining missions damage your standing? I know I must be missing something. My apologies for the small and possibly stupid questions.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.11.17 13:49:00 - [188] Originally by: Bernardo Guii Hey DMC, great guide! Thanks a ton, buddy! Thank you very much. Originally by: Bernardo Guii What do you mean "you can ONLY decline the first mission..." The first one is repeatable? You can decline it and get it again later? Other COSMOS agents must have their mission completed or you lose it? Most of the Cosmos Agents will offer a multi-part mission. When you first talk to any of the agents, you can decline part 1 of the Agent's mission series until you're ready to do it. This will keep the offer out of your journal so it won't have a countdown expire timer going. This is only good for the Agent's first mission offer. After it's completed, you'll have the next part offered and listed in your journal which will have the expire timer (1 week to accept). If you decline it, quit or let it expire, the mission series will end and you'll no longer have access to that Agent. The offered 2nd, 3rd, 4th part, etc, showing in the journal can be viewed for details which will allow you time to find and acquire the specific item or items to complete the mission before accepting it. Originally by: Bernardo Guii Also, I thought that COSMOS missions needed to be done in a specific order, as in, one agent refers to the next, and so on. Or do I have that mixed up with something else? Some of the Cosmos Agents will give you a specific item and a referral to another Agent. The Guides linked in the 'Plan' will list those Agents in their specific order. Originally by: Bernardo Guii Long before I knew what COSMOS missions were, I took a mission and could not finish it. It was a level 1 mission, but I could not obtain the required item before the timer popped. Am I screwed for COSMOS missions or, if that was my first one, can I just repeat it? Now this is what I'm talking about. If you had talked to the Agent and viewed his first mission offer without accepting it and then declined it, you would of had time to locate and obtain the required item. If it was the 2nd or 3rd part, etc of the mission series, you'd have 1 week to accept it and then another week to complete it. Anyway, sorry to say this but that Agent is no longer available. Hopefully it wasn't an important one. If that Agent gave an item for referral to another Agent, you can probably get the item from public contracts. On the bright side, all the other Agents are still available. Originally by: Bernardo Guii I thought that you had to DO 16 missions to GET a storyline mission. If you decline them all, then how do you get the storyline missions? Also, doesn't declining missions damage your standing? I know I must be missing something. All of the Agents listed in this 'Plan' are Event Agents. Almost all Event Agents offer a 'Storyline' mission for Faction Standing increase. There are a few Event Agents that only offer a 1 part mission which doesn't give any Faction Standing increase when completed. These Agents are the ones I am referring to when I advise to decline their mission offer. When offered a mission, always check your journal before accepting. If it doesn't show 'Important Storyline' and it is only a single mission, decline it. The time and isk spent to complete it just isn't worth it. No negative standings will be incurred. The multi-part mission offers will usually be the 'Important Storyline' with Faction Standing increase when completed. Originally by: Bernardo Guii My apologies for the small and possibly stupid questions. No need to be sorry, the only stupid questions are the ones that aren't asked. If you're not sure about something then definitely ASK about it. In this game, Information is King and Conversation is it's Queen. I hope this information helps and if there's anything else that you're unsure about, just ask and I'll be more than happy to clarify and or explain. DMC
Bernardo Guii	Posted - 2010.11.18 06:28:00 - [189] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Originally by: Bernardo Guii My apologies for the small and possibly stupid questions. No need to be sorry, the only stupid questions are the ones that aren't asked. If you're not sure about something then definitely ASK about it. In this game, Information is King and Conversation is it's Queen. I hope this information helps and if there's anything else that you're unsure about, just ask and I'll be more than happy to clarify and or explain. DMC Dude, great answers! Thanks again. There are a ton of things you have clarified for people throughout this thread. Things like this make the original post even better than it was. Too bad you are limited to the first couple of posts for your edits and probably don't have the room to add in all of these bits and pieces to the original post. Anyways, thanks again DMC.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.11.19 09:18:00 - [190] You're welcome and thanks for the complement. Yes there is a lot of information that can be added but each post only allows a set amount of text and the URL links take up quite a bit of space. Also as I said, this 'Plan' is a work in progress and until I complete each and every step, is subject to a few small changes. As soon as I complete this 'Plan', I'll then take all of the URL's, steps, notes, questions and answers and compile it all into a 'Guide' which will be more precise with a lot more clarification. As always, I'll be sure to keep everyone updated with my progress while working this 'Plan'.

Max Thunderbird	Posted - 2010.12.10 04:40:00 - [191] Great guide, thanks DMC. It has helped to stop my Gallente/Minmatar slide and you have many types of missions listed that I knew nothing about. I am wondering whether there are any repeatable missions that give faction standing increases besides the epic arcs. I thought I read some time ago that the circle agent missions were repeatable every 90 days but read through all 7 pages and either I missed the post or confused them with the epic arcs.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.12.10 21:49:00 - [192] Thanks Max, it's always good to hear that. At this time the only repeatable agents that I know about to gain Faction Standing increase with are the Epic Arc agents, once every 3 months. If any other Event Agents are recruited and become active, I'll be sure to research their info and list them. Also if anyone else happens to locate any new Event Agents, please list them here and I'll be sure to update their info into the 'Plan'.
Barrak Caldari Caldari Provisions	Posted - 2010.12.18 01:42:00 - [193] Edited by: Barrak on 18/12/2010 01:43:28 Hey, I just got two questions..... 1. Many of these mission you list here seem to be one off missions. So, is if safe to assume that this repair progam can only really be done once? 2. I'm getting stuck at the first hurdle (well, I might not be). I have just completed the first two tutorial military missions for Minmater (-2.11 standing) and at the end, they both told me that they had a friend that might make use of my fantastic manouevering skills..... and that they put the bookmark in my P&P. However, I can not find either book mark. Is there an issue with this? should I just carry on going through the missions? I just dont wanna miss out on something. Regards Barrak PS........... GREAT work! Talent does not count, its what you do with it that does
Barrak Caldari Caldari Provisions	Posted - 2010.12.18 18:28:00 - [194] I was wondering, I have around 2.5 SP after the removal of learning skills. I was planning on putting this into the social skills which would still leave me with something over. Would you recomend that I put this into research so that I can do as you are, which is to produce datacores...... If so, does anyone know a good place to read about these as I know very little about them. The more I read this thread the more I think of turning this character back into a missioning pilot which I am happy to do providing I can get the most from him. Regards Barral Talent does not count, its what you do with it that does
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.12.19 19:06:00 - [195] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 19/12/2010 19:13:41 Thank you very much, it's good to hear this 'Plan' is helping players with Faction standings. Yes, the majority of the agents in this 'Plan' can only be accessed one time. After completing all of the Event Agent missions, you'll still be able to raise Faction standings with the Epic Arc's every three months. The Tutorial agents give you a bookmark to one of the Career Agents and if you follow the 'Plan', you'll still access that agent so actually you're not missing it. Social skills help a lot, in fact very much so that it's a good idea to train up those skills asap. The section about the Research Agents was just an afterthought to provide another way to help equal up lop sided standings along with the Sisters of Eve level 1 Epic Arc. The Research Agents are not a crucial aspect of this "plan' for repairing negative Faction standings. Datacores can be used as a way to gain passive isk once you have the required standings and skills. http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Research_agent I hope this answers your questions and thank you again for posting. Good luck to you and I hope you all have continued success working this 'Faction Standing Repair Plan'. I'll be posting another update of my stats and progress very soon.
Cheras Freyez'den Minmatar	Posted - 2010.12.27 18:07:00 - [196] This plan of yours really does need to be 'stickied'....awesome job - just recently started working the plan.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2010.12.27 21:22:00 - [197] Thanks, Good luck to you in working this 'Plan'.
Ontoy	Posted - 2011.01.02 11:08:00 - [198] I am trying to fix my gallente faction standing (-5.4 atm) and tried to do the gallente tutorial mission, I ran past a few sentry gun system and finally got my first tutorial mission, when I warp to the location in the same system, bam bam bam, an Federation NPC was right there at the spot and it blown up my ship before I warp out.... What went wrong? my guess is I should instead of go to gallente space, I should work for their buddy the Minmatar? I am also training Diplo IV atm and wish it help.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.02 11:30:00 - [199] Originally by: Ontoy I am trying to fix my gallente faction standing (-5.4 atm) and tried to do the gallente tutorial mission, I ran past a few sentry gun system and finally got my first tutorial mission, when I warp to the location in the same system, bam bam bam, an Federation NPC was right there at the spot and it blown up my ship before I warp out.... What went wrong? my guess is I should instead of go to gallente space, I should work for their buddy the Minmatar? I am also training Diplo IV atm and wish it help. Sorry to hear that. Yes, training Diplomacy will help a lot. Now if your Minmatar Faction standing is above -5.00 then yes, do some of the Minmatar Event Agent missions until Gallente is above -5.00 Faction standing. Then you can enter Gallente space and work the Gallente Event Agents.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.01.02 15:28:00 - [200] Started working on this great plan with my new capsuleer. I started right off the bat doing the SoE epic with the help of my "main", and then the 60 tutorial missions. Just did the SoE epic arc again for the 2nd time and I started on the career agents. So thanks! :) I have both a suggestion and two questions. I'll start with the questions: Q1. If I, for example, have 6.0 standing with the Caldari Navy, and positive standings with all the other Caldari Corporations, but a Caldari Faction standing at -5.01, will the Caldari Navy still shoot at me? Will the low faction standing override the high corp standing? Q2. It says in the Standings Mechanics that: Quote: Please note: If anyone of these three standings [Agent, Corporation, Faction] drops below -2.0, you may find yourself unable to get work from decent level 1 and higher agents. Agents level 1, quality 0 and lower will be still available to you regardless of your faction/corporation standings. To continue the above example, if I improve the Caldari faction standing to -2.3, and still have the Caldari Navy at 6.0, will I be unable to work for the Caldari Navy? Even for the Caldari Navy agents that I have a high personal standing with? Would I have to improve the Caldari faction standing to -1.99 to work agents better than L1 Q0 regardless of current agent or corp standings? Suggestion: It might be a good addition to the guide if you explain the mechanics around -2.0 faction standing directly in it. I know it's mentioned in later posts, but it's a fairly important milestone. :)

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.03 01:34:00 - [201] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 03/01/2011 01:43:05 Thanks, hope you continue to have good luck. Yes, Faction Navy NPC's will attack you if you enter their space with a Faction standing of -5.00 or lower, regardless of your corporation standing or your security status. To be able to freely travel anywhere in Eve, all your Empire Faction standing's must be above -5.00 and your security status must be above -2.00. Access to high level agents : Faction Standing - high standing allows access to all agents of all corps in that specific Faction. Corporation Standing - high standing allows access to all agents in that specific Corporation. Agent Standing - high standing allows access to that specific Agent. As was stated, if any of those 3 standings drop to -2.00 or lower, you'll only have access to level 1 quality 0 or lower agents. I hope this answers your questions.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.01.03 02:00:00 - [202] It does, thanks again. :)
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.03 11:11:00 - [203] You're welcome and thanks for posting.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.01.03 17:10:00 - [204] Originally by: Patrice Macmahon Edited by: Patrice Macmahon on 29/10/2010 01:54:31 With all the time and effort your putting into this, Its commendable. There is something to be said about having "the highest possible standings will all opposing factions." However, on a practical maner, this is completely insane. Balanced Faction standings prevent you from having easily accessable agents within that faction, so you wont be able to hop from doing level IV's for the Navy and then Level IV's with whatever research agent you want out of that faction on a whim. With the way your doing it, then for EVERY corporation you want standings with your going to need to start just about at the bottom of the totem pole for every corporation. A bit of advice to anyone wanting to play the "Super" standings game: Just concentrate on the corporations you want, and don't let your effective (modified) standings drop below -1.99 (about -5.0 with diplomacy). You can do storyline for other factions, just don't blow up other faction ships and your standings with negative factions will ride on the "floor". When you want to go grind another set, just blitz the toem pole and pick your corp. With solid social skills it takes 1-2 days utilizing the agent locator to unlock level IV's. But heh, if you want to run around and do all this, have at bro. =) Good advice and cconsolodation of material on how to bring those major negative up from the brink BTW. I just disagree with leveling out ALL your standings. Its a waste of effort mechanically. Wanted to comment, even though the post is a couple of months old. :) I get what you are saying, but I also understand the rationale and reasons DeMichael Crimson has for doing it the way he is. Whether or not this is "insane" really comes down to what your goals are. I have a scientist/researcher myself, and for him this plan is great as it is, and matches the goals of easy access everywhere in the empire. This guy here is my (future) mission runner, and for him my goals are a bit different. Even so, this plan is a great start for 2 reasons: 1. My skills are still low so it's perfect for me to do all these L1 missions now that will give me direct access to L3 agents in most Empire factions later. I only have 5.6M SP, where 2.3M are in social skills (all 13 skills at IV or V, and in 48 days they will all be at V). In 2 months, once I get a few more support skills up, I can start doing L2s and L3s for various corps in the factions I have the lowest standings with. 2. My ultimate goals are to have high corp standings with as many corps I can possibly get to, including pirate corps. At first I'll be completely killing my pirate standings to get high corp standings with all the empire based corps as fast as possible (insta-access to L3s for blitzing). After that I'll do the pirate epic arcs and start working on the pirate corps, while keeping my empire standings above -2.00 via the 5 epic arcs and perhaps a few storylines here and there. I still have to work out how to keep every single faction standing above -2.00, but it looks like it should be possible.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.04 02:08:00 - [205] Yeah, the player who posted that was incorrect about a few things which I had pointed out in a reply to that post. It's like the old saying - 'You can lead a horse to water but you can't make it drink.' Originally by: Nerror theTerror I still have to work out how to keep every single faction standing above -2.00, but it looks like it should be possible if I am picky about my missions. One of my goals is to complete all Event Agent missions which also includes the Pirate Faction Event Agents. After gaining high Empire Faction standings, it'll be easy to gain positive Angel and Guristas Faction standings by completing the Pirate Epic Arcs every 3 months. Those 2 Factions also have some Cosmos Agents. http://dl.eve-files.com/media/0911/Carebear_COSMOS_Extreme_v1.2.pdf As for the other Pirate Factions, that'll be a challenge and quite a major task to complete. CCP Devs have said they would eventually create Epic Arcs for the other Pirate Factions but haven't given a date as to when this would happen. Most players believe that one or more Factions will always be negative standing no matter what you do. I believe with the right planing, skills and as you said, completing specific missions, all Factions can be positive standing. Maybe not high positive standing but still positive. Only time will tell. DMC
Sieges	Posted - 2011.01.04 15:13:00 - [206] Is it always possible to recover standings? For example, let's say I followed The Plan and then later let my standings plummet. Can I always find a Level 1 Quality -18 agent with a Corp/Faction I can work for even if I am -5.0 and lower with that Corp/Faction?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.05 00:42:00 - [207] Originally by: Sieges Is it always possible to recover standings? For example, let's say I followed The Plan and then later let my standings plummet. Can I always find a Level 1 Quality -18 agent with a Corp/Faction I can work for even if I am -5.0 and lower with that Corp/Faction? Hi, thanks for posting. Yes it's always possible to recover negative standings. However it may take quite a while to do it, depending on the circumstances. The majority of the Agents listed in the 'Plan' are a one time use for the lifetime of the player character. If you were to follow and complete all of the Event Agent missions listed in the 'Plan' and then let your Faction standings plummet again, the only ones you'd have access to would be the Epic Arc Agents. Yes, all regular Level 1 Quality 0 or lower Agents are always available to everyone regardless of standings so those Agents could be considered the last resort option to regain positive standings. Hopefully this answered your questions. Good luck to you.
Xolido Minmatar Minions of Evil	Posted - 2011.01.09 10:15:00 - [208] Nice Post man..!
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.09 11:04:00 - [209] Xolido, thanks.
munitqua Caldari Perkone	Posted - 2011.01.10 08:39:00 - [210] Great guide! I want to get into Minmatar FW and this guide is perfect to get my -2.65 back to at least 0.0 :P Thanks man!

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.10 23:20:00 - [211] Originally by: munitqua Edited by: munitqua on 10/01/2011 18:59:20 Edited by: munitqua on 10/01/2011 18:46:27 Great guide! I want to get into Minmatar FW and this guide is perfect to get my -2.65 back to at least 0.0 :P Thanks man! Hey guys, i cant do the tutorial agent missions for minmatar, my standings are -2.5 with minmatar, and my sec status is -1.38. How ever i can access the career agent missions Thanks, hope this helps. All level 1 quality 0 and lower Agents are available to everyone regardless of Faction standings. All Career, Tutorial, Circle and a few Data Center along with some Cosmos Agents are at that level. As long as the Faction standing is above -5.00 and your Security Status is above -2.00, you can enter Minmatar high security space to complete those missions.
JosepthPBrenner	Posted - 2011.01.11 09:47:00 - [212] Edited by: JosepthPBrenner on 11/01/2011 09:47:45 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Originally by: munitqua Edited by: munitqua on 10/01/2011 18:59:20 Edited by: munitqua on 10/01/2011 18:46:27 Great guide! I want to get into Minmatar FW and this guide is perfect to get my -2.65 back to at least 0.0 :P Thanks man! Hey guys, i cant do the tutorial agent missions for minmatar, my standings are -2.5 with minmatar, and my sec status is -1.38. How ever i can access the career agent missions Thanks, hope this helps. All level 1 quality 0 and lower Agents are available to everyone regardless of Faction standings. All Career, Tutorial, Circle and a few Data Center along with some Cosmos Agents are at that level. As long as the Faction standing is above -5.00 and your Security Status is above -2.00, you can enter Minmatar high security space to complete those missions. Thanks for the reply, ill try some more tutorial agents. EDIT: Alt of munitqua
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.11 10:25:00 - [213] You're welcome. You should be able to access the Minmatar Tutorial, Career and Circle Agents with the standings you posted. If you can't access those agents, send a petition ingame - F12 key (Eve Help) - Create new petition - Stuck Character. I hope you have good luck working this 'Plan'.
Fergus Runkle Minmatar Truth and Reconciliation Council	Posted - 2011.01.12 14:24:00 - [214] Great Guide this even for those of us who have been around for a long time and thought they knew all about standings. Heres a question though, I have a a character with a Caldari standing of -6.54 (-3.23 after diplomacy) and I'd like to be able to raise this. However the character has a very high Minmatar standing and I do not want to lose this, other than the epic arc (which this character cannot do) is there any way of raising the Caldari standing without trashing the Minmatar standing ? I'm pretty certain there is not and that I'll have to just live with it. Although I can raise Caldari corporate standings via level 1, quality 0 agents I can never get access to higher level agents without getting that Caldari faction back over -2 and if I do that I will lose the high Minmatar faction standing. I thought I'd ask, just in case.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.12 22:33:00 - [215] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 12/01/2011 22:35:22 Thanks for posting. I don't know what level of Diplomacy or Connections you currently have but training Diplomacy up to lv 5 will help raise the negative Caldari standing a lot. Training the Connections skill will help keep and increase the positive Minmatar standing. If you have all Empire Faction standings above -5.00 and your Security Status is above -2.00, then you can freely travel anywhere and already have access to the Sisters of Eve level 1 Epic Arc. My suggestion is to complete the SoE arc for Caldari Faction. That will give you +8.75% Caldari Faction standing increase without hurting your Minmatar Faction standing. Hopefully that will be enough to gain access to the higher level Caldari agents. The other option is to do the 'Bounce' action between Caldari and Minmatar Event Agents listed in the 'Plan'. Each one of those Agents give Faction and Corporation standing increase. Of course you'll also get some negative derived standings which is the reason for the 'Bounce' action. You only have to raise Caldari Faction standing above -2.00 to access the higher level Agents of Expert Distribution Corporation which will allow you to quickly gain the corp standing needed for access to the Caldari level 4 Epic Arc. Sometimes you just have to give up a little bit of standing with one Faction in order to gain a lot of standing with another Faction. There are a lot of Event Agents so gaining back the lost standing should be no problem. Hope this helps and good luck to you.
munitqua Caldari Perkone	Posted - 2011.01.13 10:14:00 - [216] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson You're welcome. You should be able to access the Minmatar Tutorial, Career and Circle Agents with the standings you posted. If you can't access those agents, send a petition ingame - F12 key (Eve Help) - Create new petition - Stuck Character. I hope you have good luck working this 'Plan'. Yah i cant do any Tutorials! Ive tried 5 or 6 agents. Anyway, its lost faction standing for now, but i can continue with the plan. I see that data center missions give a lot of faction standing, so i hope im done with grinding missions after those :P
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.13 11:26:00 - [217] Originally by: munitqua Yah i cant do any Tutorials! Ive tried 5 or 6 agents. Anyway, its lost faction standing for now, but i can continue with the plan. I see that data center missions give a lot of faction standing, so i hope im done with grinding missions after those :P Sorry to hear that. All Tutorial Agents are Level 1 Quality -20 and are available to all players regardless of standings. Each agent mission offer can only be completed once in the life of the players character. http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Tutorial_Agents The only reason I can think of for you not having access to them now is maybe you've already completed their missions before, back when you first started playing the game. If not, then definitely send a petition ingame. Anyway, there's 15 Minmatar Tutorial Agents, maybe you haven't completed missions for all of them. Also completing the Gallente Event Agent missions will give derived Faction standing increase towards Minmatar.
munitqua Caldari Perkone	Posted - 2011.01.13 12:51:00 - [218] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Originally by: munitqua Yah i cant do any Tutorials! Ive tried 5 or 6 agents. Anyway, its lost faction standing for now, but i can continue with the plan. I see that data center missions give a lot of faction standing, so i hope im done with grinding missions after those :P Sorry to hear that. All Tutorial Agents are Level 1 Quality -20 and are available to all players regardless of standings. Each agent mission offer can only be completed once in the life of the players character. http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Tutorial_Agents The only reason I can think of for you not having access to them now is maybe you've already completed their missions before, back when you first started playing the game. If not, then definitely send a petition ingame. Anyway, there's 15 Minmatar Tutorial Agents, maybe you haven't completed missions for all of them. Also completing the Gallente Event Agent missions will give derived Faction standing increase towards Minmatar. I was looking at the career agent missions... I can do every different careeer agent (even though the missions are the same) for faction standing?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.14 06:15:00 - [219] Yes, you get Faction standing increase for completing part 10 of the Career Agents mission series. You should be able to access all agents that are level 1 quality 0 and lower regardless of your standings. All you need to have is all Empire Faction standings above -5.00 and your Security Status above -2.00 to freely travel into all Empire Factions space. If you have that, you can also access the Sisters of Eve Level 1 Epic Arc and complete it for Minmatar and receive +8.75% Faction standing increase. As for not being able to access the Tutorial Agents, I don't know what to say about that except send a petition in-game. Sorry I couldn't be more helpful.
Goran Grafth Minmatar GENX LABS	Posted - 2011.01.15 16:33:00 - [220] "The Plan" is brilliant! Great job and many many thanks, DC. You've helped me raise Amarr and Caldari standings from neg to pos and that was JUST with the tutorial, career, circle and level one data center agents. Haven't started with the COSMOS missions yet, gotta do some bouncing first. Again, thank you!!

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.15 23:08:00 - [221] Goran Grafth, thank you for posting, it's always good to hear that. Hope you have continued good luck working the 'Plan'.
Physsthpok	Posted - 2011.01.16 13:24:00 - [222] Hello DeMichael, As this thread is now a year old, it would be interesting to see those 'my standings' posts you were mentioning regularly during the first quarter of 2010, but haven't mentioned for several months now. I think you have disproved the idea that standings are '1 step forward for the good-guys and 1/2 step backwards for the bad-guys' with regards to the opposing factions. If that were strictly true, you would be stuck at 3.33 standings for all Empire factions, and your last posting of standings I recall had them at least about 4. So clearly there are standings boosts available that do not have significant negative impact, as long as you carefully chose amongst your 'Plan' options. You seemed to be sailing along rather well most of 2010 until you decided to go after the R&D Agents. You mentioned shifts in standings occurring as a result, so I wonder if you had now lost all the easy ways of recovering standings (since most of your list is one-time agents). Your last mention was something about Level 4 COSMOS and needing skills and items to proceed. Perhaps something learned from your great experiment is that you better setup your R&D before launching a grand plan to have access to every Empire Agent? -- A side question about the SoE Epic, anyone know how the 3 months (between running it) is measured? From the time you started it? From the time you completed it (which can be a month later since there are no timeouts) ? It seems that you must travel all the way to Alitura to find out. -- CCP "no one uses rockets anyway" Not when you cannot fix it shortbus.
fLitSer	Posted - 2011.01.16 14:44:00 - [223] Originally by: Physsthpok Hello DeMichael, As this thread is now a year old, it would be interesting to see those 'my standings' posts you were mentioning regularly during the first quarter of 2010, but haven't mentioned for several months now. I think you have disproved the idea that standings are '1 step forward for the good-guys and 1/2 step backwards for the bad-guys' with regards to the opposing factions. If that were strictly true, you would be stuck at 3.33 standings for all Empire factions, and your last posting of standings I recall had them at least about 4. So clearly there are standings boosts available that do not have significant negative impact, as long as you carefully chose amongst your 'Plan' options. You seemed to be sailing along rather well most of 2010 until you decided to go after the R&D Agents. You mentioned shifts in standings occurring as a result, so I wonder if you had now lost all the easy ways of recovering standings (since most of your list is one-time agents). Your last mention was something about Level 4 COSMOS and needing skills and items to proceed. Perhaps something learned from your great experiment is that you better setup your R&D before launching a grand plan to have access to every Empire Agent? -- A side question about the SoE Epic, anyone know how the 3 months (between running it) is measured? From the time you started it? From the time you completed it (which can be a month later since there are no timeouts) ? It seems that you must travel all the way to Alitura to find out. Agreed
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.17 03:29:00 - [224] Oh yea of little faith. The 3 month timer starts when the Epic Arc is completed. As for my not posting statistics, yes, I've been grinding Corporation standings to gain access to high level Research Agents. One of my goals was to have access to all Research Agents in all 13 R&D Corporations. Most players think there's only 4 Factions with R&D Corporations when actually there's 7 Factions. Amarr Empire: * Carthum Conglomerate * Viziam - no storyline agent Ammatar Mandate: * Nefantar Miner Association Caldari State: * Ishukone Corporation * Kaalakiota Corporation * Lai Dai Corporation - no storyline agent Gallente Federation: * CreoDron * Duvolle Laboratories * Roden Shipyards Khanid Kingdom: * Khanid Innovation - no storyline agent Minmatar Republic: * Boundless Creation * Core Complexion Thukker Tribe: * Thukker Mix As of right now I have access to the highest Research Agent in 7 of the 13 R&D Corporations. Carthum Conglomerate Core Complexion Duvolle Laboratories Ishukone Corporation Nefantar Miner Association Roden Shipyards Thukker Mix Also there are in fact 8 different Factions that control high security systems which is commonly know as Empire space. Amarr Empire Ammatar Mandate Caldari State Concord Assembly Gallente Federation Khanid Kingdom Minmatar Republic The Interbus I'd like to add that I also do Exploration, Invention and Manufacturing to break up the monotony of constantly grinding missions. Actually, when I do Exploration (which I like), I tend to lose all track of time. For those that want to check my eveboard stats = DeMichael_Crimson Update on statistics: Empire Faction Standings (Modified): Caldari State +5.80, Amarr Empire +5.26, Khanid Kingdom +5.24, Ammatar Mandate +5.00, Minmatar Republic +5.00, The Interbus +4.99, Gallente Federation +4.39, Concord Assembly +2.56, Social Skills: Social lv 5 Connections lv 5 Fast Talk lv 5 Diplomacy lv 5 Negotiation lv 5 Security Status: +5.85 Data Center Tags completed: Minmatar = Angel Crystal and lower - need Gold Gallente = Serpentis Diamond and lower - need Brass and Gold Caldari = Guristas Crystal and lower - need Brass Amarr = Blood Crystal and lower - need Gold Ammatar = Sansha Crystal and lower - need Gold Epic Arcs Completed: Level 1 Sisters Of Eve = 3x (1x Minmatar, 1x Amarr, 1x Gallente) Level 4 Amarr = Started Level 4 Caldari = Started Level 4 Gallente = Started Level 4 Minmatar = Started Tutorial, Career, Circle Agents Completed: All Empire Factions Cosmos Agents Completed: All Empire Factions = level 3 and lower Special Agents Completed (Security Status): Christer Fuglesang = Concord Jeremy Tacs = Concord Items recieved from Cosmos Agents: 132 COSMOS storyline BPC's 12 COSMOS storyline modules I have about 1 week of skill training left to complete for Command Ships. I was planning on flying a Sleipnir to do the level 4 Epic Arcs. As you can see my average Faction standing is +5.00 and above for most of the Empire Factions. As usual, I'll be sure to post my updated stats as soon as I complete the level 4 Epic Arcs.
Female Face	Posted - 2011.01.17 08:27:00 - [225] Mr DeMichael Crimson, 2 reasons for visitng your amazing post: 1- Thanks for providing such a comprehensive and very workable standing plan, i used it on my main to help me get the huge standings that I now have. thank you. 2- Please if you have a minute could you take a look at my post here - http://www.eveonline.com/ingameboard.asp?a=topic&threadID=1449782 and give me some input if you have any experience on the matter? I would really appreciate it. Yours truly, Female "Fan of DeCrim" Face
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.01.17 11:16:00 - [226] Female Face, thank you very much. I'm glad the 'Plan' helped your main character. I looked at your post and I'm sorry to say I don't know too much about how much isk to charge others in helping to increase their corp/agent standings. There's a lot of variables to consider. Besides the standings, isk and LP's being shared, the corp itself should account for something as well. And then there's also the time you'll spend doing it. I'm a bit stingy when it comes to standings, meaning that if I'm taking the time to build up my standings, they should also take the time and do it for themselves. Now if they were to be an active member in the fleet and help complete the missions, then that's a totally different situation. Anyway, good luck to you in whatever you decide to do. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.02.08 11:19:00 - [227] Just wanted to say that I can now fly a Sleipnir which I had planed to use to complete the level 4 Epic Arcs and level 4 Cosmos Agent missions. After checking my skills and ship skill requirements, I noticed that with a couple of days training I'll also be able to fly a Machariel. Now the hard part, decisions, decisions,,,,,,,,,
Kintrell Caldari Incursion of Light	Posted - 2011.02.15 19:39:00 - [228] Go have a look now and tell me what ya think!! [WD-i Services]
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.02.16 05:17:00 - [229] Hello Kintrell, No problem, I'll check it out for you and leave a reply. DMC
Xanthar Rex Noir.	Posted - 2011.02.17 13:31:00 - [230] Holy mother, that is an impressive amount of research and effort there DeMichael. You should be awarded an honorary PhD for that! Keep us updated on your progress, I'm sure ISD would be interested in a headline article once you've obtained your goal :)

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.02.18 19:01:00 - [231] Originally by: Xanthar Rex Holy mother, that is an impressive amount of research and effort there DeMichael. You should be awarded an honorary PhD for that! Keep us updated on your progress, I'm sure ISD would be interested in a headline article once you've obtained your goal :) Xanthar Rex, thanks. This was posted back towards the beginning of this thread. Originally by: The history says, "DeMichael Crimson single-handedly compiled bits of shattered, hidden wisdoms into a great milestone that lead to true peace with most recognized powers of New Eden. In doing so, he so bravely rescued uncountable numbers of cursed souls from evil CCP's bloody hands that CCP's grudging evil groan is still heard these days" Anyway, thanks again for posting. I'll definitely keep updating this thread with the statistics of my progress from working this 'Plan'. DMC
Linda Shadowborn Gallente Dark Steel Industries	Posted - 2011.03.06 23:53:00 - [232] Edited by: Linda Shadowborn on 06/03/2011 23:53:12 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson The lv 1 Sisters of Eve Epic Arc starting agent has no required standing for access. To complete the SoE arc requires travel in all Factions high security systems. Having personal Security Status above -2.00 and all Empire Faction Standings above -5.00 is needed. The SoE arc allows a choice of Faction at the end which can help balance out lop-sided Faction Standings. I thought the sisters epic arc didnt give any standing increase http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/The_Blood-Stained_Stars # The missions in this arc do not affect any factional standings directly, though each mission will count towards receiving a Storyline Mission from the Sisters of EVE, which will affect standings normally. Or did you mean purely for the possible storyline?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.03.07 03:51:00 - [233] Originally by: Linda Shadowborn I thought the sisters epic arc didnt give any standing increase http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/The_Blood-Stained_Stars # The missions in this arc do not affect any factional standings directly, though each mission will count towards receiving a Storyline Mission from the Sisters of EVE, which will affect standings normally. Or did you mean purely for the possible storyline? Hello Linda, During the level 1 Sisters of Eve Epic Arc, players should receive one or two storyline missions offered by the Sisters of Eve Faction for completing various missions. Towards the end of the level 1 Sisters of Eve Epic Arc, players are offered a choice of which Faction (Amarr, Caldari, Gallente or Minmatar) to side with for the final battle to capture Dagan. After Dagan is captured, the next mission will have the player transport Dagan to a SOE Prison Barge located in another system. That is the last mission for the Arc. After completing the Arc, players will receive +8.75% Faction standing increase with the Faction that was chosen for the final battle. All of the Epic Arcs can be redone every three months for Faction standing increase. I hope this answers your question. Thanks for posting and good luck to you. DMC
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.03.07 04:29:00 - [234] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Originally by: Linda Shadowborn I thought the sisters epic arc didnt give any standing increase After completing the Arc, players will receive +8.75% Faction standing increase with the Faction that was chosen for the final battle. Just a quick note to Linda; the +8.75% is with Social 5. It's 7% base standing increase modified by the Social skill, which goes up to 25% at 5. With Social 4 you'd get 8.4%. In the long run it really does pay off to get Social to 5, and also Negotiation to 5 because it indirectly affects standing gains. So get those two skills up asap. The other social skills are also good to have, but unless you have a lot of negative standings (in which case, diplomacy is your friend), the others can be gotten along the way just fine.
Linda Flamewalker	Posted - 2011.03.08 16:31:00 - [235] Thanks guys :) Grinded through that arc yesterday and now the minmatar like me somewhat more. cheers
Nina Mercedez	Posted - 2011.03.08 17:23:00 - [236] Linda, thanks for posting.
Dsan Bedlam. Waterboard	Posted - 2011.03.08 17:52:00 - [237] I have now seriously considered immortalize or make at least make a website or maybe a PDF copy of this guide. It seems it's very usefull to a lot of people and very popular, I'd hate to see it drown on the forums :P Considder doing something yourself, I feel it should almost be copyrighted or something :P
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.03.09 04:52:00 - [238] Originally by: Dsan Edited by: Dsan on 08/03/2011 18:06:17 Looking at this topic and reading it, I got the idea that this "guide" or all this information should be preserved, maybe or preferably outside these forums. :S It seems it's very useful to a lot of people and very popular, I'd hate to see it drown on the forums :P Consider doing something yourself, I feel it should almost be copyrighted or something :P Otherwise I'd be happy to try and make a website version of it maybe. Dsan, thanks. Yeah, this 'Plan' is indeed very useful and helpful for a lot of players. Since I continue posting updates of my stats while working this 'Plan', this thread will stay alive for a while, at least until I complete it. Also with other players who are in need of Faction standing repair asking questions and or posting thanks for the info, I doubt this thread will 'drown' in the forums. As soon as I complete all of the Event Agents listed in the 'Plan', I was going to condense all of the information, questions and answers into a 'GUIDE' for the Evelopedia. However, contact me when I'm online and ingame and we'll talk more about your suggestions. As usual, I'll be sure to post my updated stats asap. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.03.09 04:56:00 - [239] Originally by: Nina Mercedez Linda, thanks for posting. Just to make sure that nobody is confused, Nina Mercedez is not my alt. P.S. Nina, thanks for posting.
Nina Mercedez	Posted - 2011.03.09 12:29:00 - [240] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Originally by: Nina Mercedez Linda, thanks for posting. Just to make sure that nobody is confused, Nina Mercedez is not my alt. P.S. Nina, thanks for posting. DeMichael, thanks for posting. PS. If I was your alt, I would have biomassed myself years ago.


CCP Spitfire C C P C C P Alliance	Posted - 2011.03.16 09:13:00 - [241] Offtopic posts removed. Spitfire Community Representative CCP Hf, EVE Online

Hous BinPharteen Caldari	Posted - 2011.03.24 18:02:00 - [242] Can the Sisters Epic Arc be redone for faction boost for the same faction? Or is it one time only per faction?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.03.24 19:45:00 - [243] Originally by: Hous BinPharteen Can the Sisters Epic Arc be redone for faction boost for the same faction? Or is it one time only per faction? Hi Hous. That's a very good question. Yes, the SoE arc can be completed every 3 months for just one specific Faction. It doesn't matter how many times the arc is completed, the player will always get a choice towards the end of the arc to side with one of the four major Factions, either Amarr, Caldari, Gallente or Minmatar. Good luck to you. DMC
Hous BinPharteen Caldari	Posted - 2011.03.24 20:01:00 - [244] So if I choose say Gallente this time and get a faction boost. I can pick Gallente again in 90 days and get another faction boost? Its not a one time only for each faction?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.03.24 22:01:00 - [245] Originally by: Hous BinPharteen So if I choose say Gallente this time and get a faction boost. I can pick Gallente again in 90 days and get another faction boost? Its not a one time only for each faction? Yes, you can redo the SoE arc every 90 days for Gallente and still receive Faction standing increase each time. DMC
Hous BinPharteen Caldari	Posted - 2011.03.24 23:11:00 - [246] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Originally by: Hous BinPharteen So if I choose say Gallente this time and get a faction boost. I can pick Gallente again in 90 days and get another faction boost? Its not a one time only for each faction? Yes, you can redo the SoE arc every 90 days for Gallente and still receive Faction standing increase each time. DMC Thanks
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.03.25 11:19:00 - [247] You're welcome and good luck to you.
Qalix	Posted - 2011.03.25 14:39:00 - [248] Great info! Forgive me if this is answered somewhere in the many pages of this thread: is it possible to have 8+ to all 4 empire factions? Looking at the epic arc information, it seems possible, though it would take a long time. Is it possible to do some other way as well?
SencneS Rebellion Against Big Irreversible Dinks	Posted - 2011.03.25 20:03:00 - [249] According to the math you would be able to get +8 on all factions. Assuming the only available formula's are accurate enough to be functional. According to the sheet I made here - It would take between 350 and 450 Storyline missions to obtain an average of 8+ standings in all four factions. This is assuming you don't have any social skills, and in those Storyline missions you do not kill any "enemy" faction navy ships. Which would be difficult to do, considering the number of faction missions I've run, a good number of them is "Kill this guy" who happens to be an enemy faction pilot. Amarr for Life
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.03.25 23:40:00 - [250] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 25/03/2011 23:46:14 I actually have no idea exactly how high the Faction standings will be after completing all of the Event Agent missions listed in this 'Plan'. Add in the Epic Arcs which can be completed every 3 months, players should be able to easily gain very high positive Faction standings. After I finish completing the level 4 Cosmos Agent missions, the only missions I'll probably be doing will be the Epic Arcs. I'll use the R&D agent missions along with the SoE level 1 Epic Arc to help equal out any lop sided standings. Eventually I see no problem at all in getting close to max standing with all Empire Factions. Since I mainly like to do exploration, this will work great. For those doing regular missions, decline all Anti-Empire Faction encounter missions and bounce between the Factions after each set of 16 regular missions + storyline and continue using the Epic Arcs to keep increasing the Faction standings. The trick with doing the regular missions + storyline is you'll have to continually keep watch on the standings and bounce back and forth between the Factions whenever needed. As for the type of encounter missions (Anti-Empire verses Anti-Pirate) being offered by the agents, I've done missions for all agent divisions and corporations including Command division agents in Military Corporations. I rarely ever get offered any Anti-Empire Faction encounter missions and almost always get offered Anti-Pirate Faction encounter missions along with a few Rogue Drone encounters. I believe the negative Faction standings as well as the type of missions being accepted and completed play a major role in this. I wish you all the best of luck and as usual, I'll continue to post my progress and updated statistics while working this 'Plan'. My latest update can be viewed here. DMC

Titus Phook Amarr	Posted - 2011.03.29 23:17:00 - [251] Edited by: Titus Phook on 29/03/2011 23:17:35 hmmm I'm now off to try and repair my mains Amarr standings. ---------------------------------------------
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.03.30 11:09:00 - [252] This 'Plan' should help you as much as it's helped me. I wish you lot's of luck.
Electra Magnetic	Posted - 2011.03.31 16:09:00 - [253] You should consider changing the circle and data center agents links to these: http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Data_Centers http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Circle_Agents They are much more complete and easier to follow. Great guide
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.01 05:47:00 - [254] Originally by: Electra Magnetic You should consider changing the circle and data center agents links to these: http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Data_Centers http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Circle_Agents They are much more complete and easier to follow. Great guide Thanks. Glad you like the 'Plan'. As for the links, I had changed those a long time ago back when I created the Event_Agents page. If you look down at the bottom of those Evelopedia pages, you'll see my name listed on most of them.
Frozen Anya	Posted - 2011.04.02 03:21:00 - [255] How do corporate standings suffer? For example.. my Ishukone corp standings are 2.75 right now... If I start going and working for Duvolle Labs to spur on my Gallente standings, will my Ishukone fall if I reject anti-empire missions?
Ifly Uwalk Caldari Empire Tax Collection Agency	Posted - 2011.04.02 06:03:00 - [256] Originally by: Frozen Anya ...will my Ishukone fall if I reject anti-empire missions? No.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.02 11:19:00 - [257] Ifly Uwalk is correct in saying no. However, there is a couple ways to cause Corporation standings to fall. 1) Fail or quit a mission that's been accepted. 2) Attack the corporation's member ships or structures.
Adophnil Amarr Dark Reality Unified Dead Man's Hand.	Posted - 2011.04.05 03:15:00 - [258] DeMichael Crimson deserves a bump and another round of compliments for his contribution to the Eve community in a definitive way to fix your standings. I utilized the 'Plan' in order to have a hauling alt with positive Empire standings to all factions, even after I had done some damage to these standings via getting R&D agents. His bio has good advice for new players in game, and he's an all around friendly and helpful guy.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.05 22:40:00 - [259] Adophnil, thank you very much. I'm glad the 'Plan' helped you. I hope everyone has as much success as I've had working this 'Plan'. DMC
Ifly Uwalk Caldari Empire Tax Collection Agency	Posted - 2011.04.06 11:48:00 - [260] Bump. Seeing as to how this thread is the most important one in this subforum I want to make sure it's on the front page when these forums get shut down. For great justice. DMC set us up the Faction Standing Repair Plan. All your faction standings are belong to us. And DMC.

Petrified At River's Edge	Posted - 2011.04.07 04:32:00 - [261] First off: good guide, I was able to get my standings up high enough to anchor a POS in .5 Caldari space. I just noticed an issue over this past weekend: my standings for the Caldari dropped from just over 5.0 to 4.65 due to starting to run the Career agent missions for the Gallente. None of them involved shooting at Caldari, and, per the guide, running the missions should not effect other standings. I checked the transactions for the standing decrease and it was all attributed to missions I ran over the weekend and were marked for helping an enemy or harming an ally of the Caldari state. Did I miss something or did a recent update fix/break this?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.07 14:14:00 - [262] Ifly Uwalk, thank you very much. Feel free to 'Bump' the 'Plan' anytime. Originally by: Petrified First off: good guide, I was able to get my standings up high enough to anchor a POS in .5 Caldari space. I just noticed an issue over this past weekend: my standings for the Caldari dropped from just over 5.0 to 4.65 due to starting to run the Career agent missions for the Gallente. None of them involved shooting at Caldari, and, per the guide, running the missions should not effect other standings. I checked the transactions for the standing decrease and it was all attributed to missions I ran over the weekend and were marked for helping an enemy or harming an ally of the Caldari state. Did I miss something or did a recent update fix/break this? Petrified, I'm glad the 'Plan' helped you to anchor a POS in high security. You're the first player to say that. However, I guess you missed the part about how the standings will do a 'Sea-Saw' while working this 'Plan'. That is the reason for keeping an eye on the standings and doing the 'Bounce' action to the other Factions when needed. Completing missions for the Event Agents listed in this 'Plan' will give derived standings, both positive and negative, towards the other Factions. Those missions can only be completed once in the life of the Character. The only exception is the Epic Arcs. Those only give Faction standing increase to the specific Faction and NO derived standings towards the other Factions. They can be redone every 3 months for Faction standing increase. I hope this clears things up for you and I wish you continued success. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.10 03:28:00 - [263] Hello Eve, Just wanted to let everyone know that the first four posts of this thread, aka the 'Plan', has been transfered over to the new Forums in the Missions and Complexes section with the original title 'Faction Standing Repair Plan'. I will continue to update the new thread with my progress and stats while working the 'Plan' as well as update the URL links and info whenever needed. I'll also be answering all questions posted by players. Since there's a lot of valuable information contained in this old thread resulting from previous questions and answers, I've included a link to this old thread in the new Forum thread. I wish you all the very best of luck and much success. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.12 10:56:00 - [264] Seems CCP has another patch ready for Eve players again. Hopefully it'll include a fix for the new Forums. If it does and the new Forums are clean with no threads, I'll be sure to once again transfer the original plan over to it. If not, then I'll see you all here again. Fly smart and stay safe. DMC
Frozen Anya	Posted - 2011.04.12 12:42:00 - [265] When you guys talk about a standings % boost.. how does that change a number? Assuming all my social skills are at 5.. if I had a 1.0 caldari standing and did the SOE epic arc and selected caldari, how would it change?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.12 21:53:00 - [266] Good question. These links do an excellent job of explaining how it works. http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Standing http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Mission_guide#Modifying_Standings Good luck on the math. DMC
Aislynn McAllister	Posted - 2011.04.13 15:02:00 - [267] Plan worked really well for me. Thanks for taking the time to write it up. I was shoot on sight with the Federation and through Minmatar derived standing I was able to fix the problem in very little time.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.13 22:54:00 - [268] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 13/04/2011 22:57:32 Aislynn McAllister, thank you very much. It's always good to hear from players who have repaired negative Faction standings quickly due to working this 'Plan'. DMC
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.13 22:56:00 - [269] Just a little tip when doing the mission-chain Shaman Secrets from Pinala Adala, which is a follow-up from the first Graduation Certificate Datacenter missions: In step 4 you fly to Eram IV - Moon 2 to talk to Hlebnar Tonari. When you read the Wiki-entry you can see you have two options, either take the first mission he offers (Snatching the Shaman) or decline it and get the second mission he offers (The Shaman's Will). What I found out was that if I decline the first mission offer and complete The Shaman's Will instead, he offers the first mission again. This means I essentially got double standing bonuses and a duplicate of the mission objective item. I didn't test if I could have gotten both missions if I accepted the first mission right away. With all social skills at 5 i got the following standing gains: The Shaman's Will: 1.25% Minmatar faction, 4.1667% Vherokior Tribe. Snatching the Shaman: 1.25% Minmatar faction, 4.1667% Vherokior Tribe. The last step of the Shaman's Secrets mission chain only gives 0.1907% Minmatar gain (and some Sebiestor Tribe standing) I still have to do the Datacenter missions from the 3 other empire factions, but will check for the same thing there.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.13 23:44:00 - [270] Nerror theTerror, thank you very much for the tip about the 'Shaman Secrets' cert mission series for Minmatar. I knew there was a second Event Agent introduced during the mission series. What I didn't know about was the second 'side' mission available from that Agent. When I did the cert mission series, I accepted and completed the first mission offer 'Snatching the Shaman' and didn't receive an offer for the second side mission 'The Shaman Will'. So congratulations to you. It would be good to know if the other Faction's cert mission series also have a second side mission offer available from the second Event Agent. Once again, thank you very much. When you do check out the other Faction's cert missions, please post your findings asap and I'll update the 'Plan' with this new information. DMC

Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.14 19:17:00 - [271] Edited by: Nerror theTerror on 14/04/2011 19:19:16 Edited by: Nerror theTerror on 14/04/2011 19:17:42 The Gallente datacenter mission-chain was completely straight-forward. Part 3 of Beizan Picholen leads to the side mission-chain The Plot Thickens, but there are no options there. I tried declining it first, but just got the same mission offer again. With all social skills at 5 I got: The Plot Thickens: 0.1607% Gallente faction. Beizan Picholen: 0.3888% Gallente faction.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.14 21:36:00 - [272] The Amarr datacenter mission-chain was also straight-forward. Part 4 of Quelling the Insurgency leads to the side mission-chain Choonka's Request. I declined, but just got the same mission offer again. It's a good idea to bookmark Choonka's location btw. With all social skills at 5 I got: Choonka's Request: 0.3109% Amarr faction. Quelling the Insurgency: 1.25% Amarr faction.
Casanunda Minmatar	Posted - 2011.04.15 00:10:00 - [273] Thanks for this guide, I didn't realise you could run the SOE arc more than once, I've redone it to boost my abysmal Gallente standings to a positive state (diplomacy iv ftw here) and run the first of the Gallente cosmos missions. I've just got to grind for the storyline missions now so I can do the next cosmos agent. Thanks for the info, most handy.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.15 11:12:00 - [274] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 15/04/2011 11:12:30 Nerror theTerror, thanks for the updates. It's starting to look like Minmatar is the only Faction with a 2nd side mission offer for a bit more standing increase. Looking forward to your report on Caldari. Originally by: Casanunda Thanks for this guide, I didn't realise you could run the SOE arc more than once, I've redone it to boost my abysmal Gallente standings to a positive state (diplomacy iv ftw here) and run the first of the Gallente cosmos missions. I've just got to grind for the storyline missions now so I can do the next cosmos agent. Thanks for the info, most handy. Casanunda, you're welcome. Glad to hear this 'Plan' is helping you. There are other Event Agents listed that will help increase Gallente Faction standing besides Cosmos, such as the Tutorial, Career and Circle Agents. Also the Data Center 'Cert' and tag missions. Grinding regular missions for storylines to advance up to next level of Cosmos will work but it takes a while longer than completing the Event Agent missions. Remember, you can still gain Gallente Faction standing from completing the Minmatar Event Agent missions. Anyway, good luck and much success to you. DMC
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.15 16:26:00 - [275] And finally the Caldari datacenter mission-chain. It's the same as Amarr and Gallente in being quite straightforward. No options in mission choice. Part 4 of The Celestial Imperative leads to the side mission-chain The Hapless Thief. With all social skills at 5 I got: The Hapless Thief: 1.25% Caldari faction. The Celestial Imperative: 0.4786% Caldari faction. So yeah, only the Minmatar mission chain offers any choice.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.15 23:11:00 - [276] It's a shame that the other Factions don't have a 2nd 'Side' mission option to gain a bit more Faction standing like the Minmatar. Thanks for the update and extra info about the Data Center Cert' missions. I'll be sure to add it to my notes for when I rewrite and change the 'Plan' into a 'Guide'. Much success to you and thanks again. DMC
Eternal Noob	Posted - 2011.04.15 23:38:00 - [277] Why is this not sticky'ed? Is it because it is not a dev post?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.15 23:49:00 - [278] What? It's not? I thought it was. Well, that's a question for CCP to answer. I don't think they check this thread very often. Actually, they've probably never even looked at it. You could always ask them yourself and then post the answer here for everyone to see. DMC
Kirin Xaxos	Posted - 2011.04.16 01:40:00 - [279] DeMichael Regardless of what everyone critic or not. I dig your plan. I started an alt and they are at 2.37 roughly with most of all the factions and I have not even touched the tags yet. I am on the COSMOS portion and have the socials up to 4 but trining them to five. I am even at 4 or 5 with all my main core competencies so that i can do some damage with the alt. I am even with all the main hitters and of course the pirates I could give a rats a** about. Anyway just letting you know that you have good thing here and should infact make something of it liek that ISK guie they want everyone to now buy instead of getting the free one. Kudos.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.16 11:23:00 - [280] Kirin Xaxos, it's great to hear the 'Plan' has helped you a lot. I plan to rewrite the Faction Standing Repair Plan and turn it into a guide for Evelopedia after I complete all the Event Agent missions. Since I like to do exploration it's taking me longer than anticipated to complete but I'll soon be back working the 'Plan' again. Just a few of the Tag missions left along with the level 4 Cosmos Agents which I'll tackle right after the level 4 Epic Arcs. Anyway, thanks for posting and I hope you have continued success working the 'Plan'. DMC

Montgomery Crabapple	Posted - 2011.04.19 14:28:00 - [281] I can't get my head around faction standing increases. If it's, say, a 1% increase, that's 1% of the current value? So, for example if my faction standing is 3.5, increasing it by 1% will give an increase by only 0.035, to 3.535?
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.20 02:04:00 - [282] Edited by: Nerror theTerror on 20/04/2011 02:05:27 Originally by: Montgomery Crabapple I can't get my head around faction standing increases. If it's, say, a 1% increase, that's 1% of the current value? So, for example if my faction standing is 3.5, increasing it by 1% will give an increase by only 0.035, to 3.535? It's 1% of the difference between max (10) and your current unmodified standing. If you have 3.5 base faction standing without considering your Connections skill, a 1% increase means you add 1% of 6.5 (10-3.5) to the base standing. This also means that the higher your standings, the slower they go up.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.20 02:24:00 - [283] Yeah, that's correct. DMC
TImora Fosty Solar Pride Against ALL Authorities	Posted - 2011.04.21 05:54:00 - [284] Edited by: TImora Fosty on 21/04/2011 05:55:38 Edited by: TImora Fosty on 21/04/2011 05:54:50 Need an advice Mr. Crimson I'm currently grinding lvl 4 mission from Sansha in Stain, they mostly give me missions against factions (especcially Amarr), i haven't leveled diplamacy yet and have -4 standing with Amarr Empire, how shall i act after training diplomacy to constantly keep my amarrian standings over -5.0 over time? I assume that those Cosmos missions etc. are available every 3 months aren't they?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.21 18:54:00 - [285] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 21/04/2011 18:59:22 Well, this 'Faction Standing Repair Plan' is mainly intended for the Empire Factions and in working this 'Plan' makes all the Pirate Faction standings negative. I've looked at the possibility of also getting the Pirate Faction standings positive but that will take some work. I still have to do more research on that but this is the general idea. I'm thinking when all of the Empire Faction standings are at a very high positive level from completing all of the Event Agent missions listed in this 'Plan', it should be fairly easy to raise some of the Pirate Faction standings with the level 3 Pirate Epic Arcs. There's currently two of them, Angel and Guristas, which give +30% standing increase for completion. There's also an option to switch sides in the Amarr level 4 Epic Arc and complete it for Sansha to gain +12.75% standing increase. Then there are also some Pirate Faction Cosmos Agents but that involves derived standings. Like I said, I still need to do more research. As for your question, definitely train up Diplomacy to help raise the negative Faction standings. Since you're doing missions for Pirates, it makes sense that the majority of encounter missions being offered would be against Empire Factions. All of the Event Agent missions (Tutorial, Career, Circle, Data Center and Cosmos) listed in this 'Plan' can only be completed once per character and they will give both positive and negative derived standings to all of the other Factions. The only exception is the Epic Arcs. The Epic Arcs can be completed every 3 months and give no derived standings to the other Factions. There are a few missions that give negative standings for ship and or structure kills. The amount of negative standing incurred is very small when compared to the amount of positive standing gained (+12.75%) for completing the Epic Arcs. To start the level 4 Epic Arcs, the starting agents corporation standing needs to be +6.80 and the Faction standing needs to be above -2.00 for access. It can also be accessed with just Faction standing above +6.80. Since you're at -4.00 with Amarr, I suggest doing the Sisters of Eve level 1 Epic Arc and complete it for Amarr which will give you +8.75% standing increase. The only standings required for the SoE level 1 Epic Arc is to be able to enter high security systems so you'll need to have all Empire Factions above -5.00 and your security status above -2.00. Maybe if you can get the Amarr standing above -2.00, you can then grind some corporation standings for the starting Agent and then complete the Amarr level 4 Epic Arc along with the SoE level 1 Epic Arc for Amarr. Then I guess you can continue with the Sansha missions and complete those 2 Epic Arcs every 3 months to help offset the Sansha missions. I don't know how long that would work since I don't know the type of missions being offered or the amount of derived standings incurred for completing those. I don't know if all of the Factions can be made positive. Most of them can be positive with some careful work. When I first came up with this 'Plan', the standings game mechanic made it so there was going to be some negative Factions. With the Epic Arcs, that has changed. Anyway, I hope this has been helpful and I wish you good luck. DMC
TImora Fosty Solar Pride Against ALL Authorities	Posted - 2011.04.21 19:17:00 - [286] Well thanks, I'm a bit dissapointed but on the other side.. what am i waiting for? For the amars to be friendly to their greatest enemy's allie? =) i guess tutorial agents once + SOE Epic arc every 3 months will work if i gonna be a bit carefull
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.21 20:01:00 - [287] Yeah, you could run through all the Amarr and Caldari low level Event Agents and complete the SoE Arc for Amarr and with Diplomacy level 5 you just might get Amarr Faction standing up over -2.00 to access the Amarr level 4 Epic Arc. Course the Social and Negotiation skills will help a lot too. Anyway, Good luck to you. DMC
Qalix	Posted - 2011.04.21 20:22:00 - [288] The pirate arcs offer 3 possible starting agents each. You need 4.35 standing with any of them, their corps, or their faction. Guristas can be accessed with Cal/Gal faction standings, Angels with Ama/Min. Not to mention corp standings, which will work as long as you're not -2 with the relevant faction. It is possible to start epic arcs without any previous faction standing by grinding standings with the agent's corp. It appears to be theoretically possible to grind standings with the corps for the various arcs, run the arcs, and have positive faction standings to all, negative to none. This doesn't account for ships/structures you may hit along the way. If you've got a buddy, he can run the mission with you and take the hit though. It looks like, maybe, if you ran each arc two or three times over the course of many months, you could be 7+ with all of them. I'm not 100% sure about all this, but I've started to work on it, so I guess I'll find out.
ValentinaDLM Minmatar Zaratha Zarati Shaktipat Revelators	Posted - 2011.04.21 21:00:00 - [289] Originally by: TImora Fosty Edited by: TImora Fosty on 21/04/2011 05:55:38 Edited by: TImora Fosty on 21/04/2011 05:54:50 Need an advice Mr. Crimson I'm currently grinding lvl 4 mission from Sansha in Stain, they mostly give me missions against factions (especcially Amarr), i haven't leveled diplamacy yet and have -4 standing with Amarr Empire, how shall i act after training diplomacy to constantly keep my amarrian standings over -5.0 over time? I assume that those Cosmos missions etc. are available every 3 months aren't they? I am working on my sansha standings actually, one tip is if you do tho amarr epic are and you don't have a friend with you do not kill the sentry guns or neut towers, the give a -3% Sansha loss, the rats themselves give very little loss. luckily I have had alts and friends kill the rats and such so I took no penalties. I don't know how the final chapter is siding with amarr (as i am backwards I have fine amarr standing but poor sansha faction standing), but if you can deal without killing the sansha towers you should be able to get a pretty good boost from it without much penalty. Also if you note your standings transactions you will see that when you mission in stain if you avoid killing the structures and sentry guns you don't lose standing too quick, so I would try and decline amarr missions that have you kill structures if you can.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.21 22:06:00 - [290] Qalix, thanks. Yeah, you're right. With the proper planning and some time, players can have positive Faction standings with all Empire Factions and most of the Pirate Factions. With 3 different starting Agents for both Angel and Guristas level 3 Pirate Epic Arcs, gaining access to them should be no problem. I thought it was +4.60 standing needed to access those agents but hey, +4.35 makes it even easier. Anyway, that's why I said they would be fairly easy to get positive standings with since they give +30.00% standing gain for completion. Sansha would take a bit longer to get positive due to the level 4 Amarr Epic Arc only giving +12.75% standing gain. To get positive with Blood Raiders and Serpentis would be a lot of work grinding regular missions plus storylines. The derived standings from that would mess with all the other Faction standings. Thukker Tribe would also be tricky to get positive. The only Faction positive to them is Minmatar. Thukker, Angel and Guristas also have Cosmos Agents which would incur more derived standings, both positive and negative, towards all the other Factions. As I said, more research would have to be done to see if it's possible to get all Factions positive. That's a project to be worked on sometime in the future. Hopefully by then CCP will have created Epic Arc's for Thukker, Blood Raiders and Serpentis. DMC

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.21 22:11:00 - [291] Originally by: ValentinaDLM Originally by: TImora Fosty Edited by: TImora Fosty on 21/04/2011 05:55:38 Edited by: TImora Fosty on 21/04/2011 05:54:50 Need an advice Mr. Crimson I'm currently grinding lvl 4 mission from Sansha in Stain, they mostly give me missions against factions (especcially Amarr), i haven't leveled diplamacy yet and have -4 standing with Amarr Empire, how shall i act after training diplomacy to constantly keep my amarrian standings over -5.0 over time? I assume that those Cosmos missions etc. are available every 3 months aren't they? I am working on my sansha standings actually, one tip is if you do tho amarr epic are and you don't have a friend with you do not kill the sentry guns or neut towers, the give a -3% Sansha loss, the rats themselves give very little loss. luckily I have had alts and friends kill the rats and such so I took no penalties. I don't know how the final chapter is siding with amarr (as i am backwards I have fine amarr standing but poor sansha faction standing), but if you can deal without killing the sansha towers you should be able to get a pretty good boost from it without much penalty. Also if you note your standings transactions you will see that when you mission in stain if you avoid killing the structures and sentry guns you don't lose standing too quick, so I would try and decline amarr missions that have you kill structures if you can. Excellent information. Thank you for sharing that. DMC
Qalix	Posted - 2011.04.21 23:35:00 - [292] I guess unless you want to run missions for the pirate faction long term, there's not much of a reason to have faction standing with them.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.22 03:06:00 - [293] It's really all about what goals you have. High faction standing serves a few different purposes like putting up a POS, lower broker fees when trading, some faction ship BPCs at 8.5, 9.2 and 9.9 faction standing, but for a mission-runner all they really do is enable easy access to corps you aren't already working for. Not that that isn't important of course. Once the corp standing exceeds the faction standing, the faction standing becomes somewhat irrelevant (for that corp) unless it gets to -2 or lower of course. This guy is my dedicated mission runner, and I started him out from scratch with a pretty specific goal in mind: Max out social skills early on, then work this plan from the bottom, so to speak, doing every single tutorial, career agent (this part got really boring I must admit), circle agent, datacenter agent (except the tags) and of course the SOE epic arc when up. This gave me a great start on working on corp standings for a lot of different corps, because I could jump straight to L3 agents for most high-sec corps. Had to start with L2 agents for Thukker, Ammatar and Khanid though, but that was ok. Once I get access to the good agents for all the corps I want (currently working on that), I can start fleet-sharing standings with my other chars who need corp standings for trading, research, jump-clones, whatever. All I have to be careful of in the long run is keeping all factions standings above -2. I plan to do the pirate factions after all the high-sec stuff is done, but for now I am just butchering those standings.
Maladeu Amarr Ministry of War	Posted - 2011.04.22 04:18:00 - [294] o/ I am getting dizzy from all this faction/corp/personal -standings. I wanna do missions for Archangels. I have -10.0 with Angel Cartel -1.54 with Archangels and a security status of -6.8 Am I totally screwed? How would you do it?
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.22 07:15:00 - [295] If you can get your sec status up high enough to get access to one of the two high-sec angel epic arc agents, that's probably your best bet. That's assuming your Amarr or Minmatar standings aren't completely shot too. While you work on that, start training those social skills up. Social, diplomacy, connections, criminal connections, perhaps fast talk to make the sec status go up faster.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.22 10:11:00 - [296] Nerror theTerror, thanks. You're right in your advice if it pertained to the other Event Agents, the SoE level 1 Epic Arc and the Empire Faction level 4 Epic Arcs. However, the level 3 Pirate Epic Arcs are a bit different. The agents and missions are located in low/0.0 security systems so a players security status doesn't matter. You're also correct about the starting Agents, Amarr or Minmatar, as well as training up the Social skills which definitely will help. I sense the Force is strong in you and I could use your help. Please contact me in-game, my young Apprentice. DMC Originally by: Maladeu o/ I am getting dizzy from all this faction/corp/personal -standings. I wanna do missions for Archangels. I have -10.0 with Angel Cartel -1.54 with Archangels and a security status of -6.8 Am I totally screwed? How would you do it? Have no fear. As Nerror theTerror said, if you haven't tanked the Minmatar or Amarr Faction standings, you can still access the Angel Pirate level 3 Epic Arc. Agents look at standings modified by the Social skills. The minimum standing required is Faction standing (Amarr or Minmatar) above -2.00 and the Corporation standing of the starting Agent at +4.35 or higher. If you already have Amarr or Minmatar Faction standing at +4.35 or higher, you can access the Epic Arc starting agent without having to grind any Corporation standings. http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Epic_mission_arcs#Angel_Sound This lists the three starting Agents and their location. Social skills will definitely help a lot. Training up Diplomacy will decrease the current amount of negative standing, Social (for Empire Agents), Negotiation (all Agents) and Criminal Connections (for Pirate Agents) will increase the amount of standing gained for completing missions. When the standing becomes positive, the Connections skill will help increase the current positive standings. http://lorebook.eve-inspiracy.com/ Good guide for the Epic Arcs and lore. There you have it. Check your Amarr and Minmatar Faction standings. If high enough, go to one of the Factions starting Agent. If not, train up the Social skills, (should already be trained to receive max rewards) and do some regular mission grinding for Corporation standings and then: Yarrrr Matey DMC
Maladeu Amarr Ministry of War	Posted - 2011.04.22 11:18:00 - [297] Edited by: Maladeu on 22/04/2011 11:20:18 Thanks a lot matey! That really cleared things up for me, thought I was doomed to robbing ratting ravens for a poor living Fly light rob heavy, Yarr
Qalix	Posted - 2011.04.22 15:09:00 - [298] Originally by: Nerror theTerror High faction standing serves a few different purposes like putting up a POS, lower broker fees when trading, some faction ship BPCs at 8.5, 9.2 and 9.9 faction standing, but for a mission-runner all they really do is enable easy access to corps you aren't already working for. Yep. But the pirate factions are all in npc 0.0. So no faction standings needed for POS. It sounds like you and I are doing almost the exact same thing. Except I'm going straight for corp standings to run the epic arcs. I was going to do the other faction standings missions (like career agents, etc) but I was concerned about getting too many negative standings that I would then have to fix before I could move on. I figured I would grind out the standings for each of the 4 epic arc start agents' corporations. I'll run the SOE arc to get standings with the faction that has the majority of corps I eventually want standing with. Then run the other 4 arcs to open up a lot of agents, then start on the corps I want standings with long term. Since its a long term project, I'll get to run the arcs again. That should put me high enough to run L3/L4 for every empire npc corp in the game. But it sounds like you've already gotten L3s... so maybe I've got the wrong idea.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.22 16:48:00 - [299] Well, doing all the career agents and tutorials is an absolute bore, so if you have the skills/ship to do the L4 epic arcs, I'd say your way sounds more fun overall :) I have done the SOE epic arc a couple of times as well. Yeah I have L3 agent access, but mostly only those of quality below 0. Right now I am taking the corp standings to around 4 so I am not dependent on the faction standings in the long run. I have to switch back and forth between the factions too, to avoid too much seesawing when doing the storylines.
Maximus Meredius	Posted - 2011.04.22 20:51:00 - [300] DMC, thank you so much for all the info. Amazing guide. What I'd like to know though, is if I could just buy large amount of tags from the market and skip the missions to save time? If so, where would i return the bought tags to increase standings with Gallente? My standing with Gallante is -9.6 and at the moment thats the only one I want to work on but in a haste. Please tell me what you think.

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.23 00:02:00 - [301] Originally by: Maximus Meredius DMC, thank you so much for all the info. Amazing guide. What I'd like to know though, is if I could just buy large amount of tags from the market and skip the missions to save time? If so, where would i return the bought tags to increase standings with Gallente? My standing with Gallante is -9.6 and at the moment thats the only one I want to work on but in a haste. Please tell me what you think. Maximus Meredius, thank you. Yes, it's faster to buy the 'Tags' from the market but you'll still have to talk to the agents which are located in Empire high security. At -9.6 Gallente Faction standing that's going to be very tough to do. If you enter with a ship filled with Tags, chances are it'll get destroyed and the cargo will be lost. Your Gallente Faction standing need's to be above -5.00 to freely travel without getting attacked by the NPC Navy. The Data_Centers are mainly 'Trade' type missions except for the low level 'Cert' missions which are 'Courier' missions. The Agent mission briefing sounds like an 'Encounter' mission but it's actually more of a 'Seek and Destroy' type thing and getting the required amount of a specific Tag type within the mission time frame is near impossible. To access the agents above level 1 quality 0, the Gallente Faction standing needs to be above -2.00 and then grind standings with the Data Center Agents Corporation to the level listed in the Agent information. Right now the Gallente Data Centers are not a viable option. If the Minmatar Faction standing is higher, that would be the starting point. The first step is of course training Diplomacy. Training Social and Negotiation will also help future standing rewards. After you've trained up Diplomacy, Minmatar Faction Standing will hopefully be above -5.00 and can start working the 'Plan' with them. When Gallente Faction standing gets above -5.00, can switch over and work the 'Plan' with Gallente. If you can get all Empire Faction standings above -5.00 you can do the SoE level 1 Epic Arc and complete it for the Faction you have the lowest standing to gain a large Faction increase. This 'Plan' is the quickest way to repair negative Faction standings. I'm sorry but there's no other faster way. Unfortunately it will take some time to work it. My advice is to re-read the original four posts of the 'Plan' again and with the statements in this reply, formulate a viable course of action to work. I hope that answers your question. I wish you lot's of luck and much success. DMC
Maximus Meredius	Posted - 2011.04.23 02:12:00 - [302] Dmc, Thank you for your prompt response. The part that is a bit confusing is doing missions for Minmatar to get standing with Gallante. So what you're saying is Just do Minmatar missions and every storyline mission of Minmatar will boost my Gallante standing? I guess I dont understand how your Gallente standing is affected when doing missions for Minmatar?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.23 04:53:00 - [303] When entering a Factions space with a standing of -5.00 or lower, that Factions NPC Navy will attack. If your Gallente Faction standing is the lowest, then Minmatar should be higher. Train up the Diplomacy skill so that the Minmatar Faction standing is above -5.00. After that you can start working the Minmatar Event Agents (Tutorial, Career, Circle, etc.) listed in this 'Plan'. All of the Event Agent missions give Faction standing increase along with derived standings, both positive and negative, to the other Empire Factions. After a while the Gallente Faction standing will get above -5.00 which is when you can start working the Gallente Event Agents listed in this 'Plan'. At that time you can also complete the Sisters of Eve level 1 Epic Arc for Gallente to help raise the Faction standing. When the Gallente Faction standing is above -2.00 you'll have access to Agents above level 1 quality 0. At that time you can continue working the 'Plan' or grind regular missions for the Gallente Data Center Agents Corporation to turn in Tags for Faction standing increase. I wasn't talking about doing regular missions to get storyline missions. That option is for after training up Diplomacy and both of the negative Faction standings are still below -5.00. Then you'll have to find level 1 quality 0 or lower Agents located in the areas you can safely travel in and grind regular missions + storylines until one of the negative Faction standings is above -5.00. Then can start working the 'Plan'. I hope everything is clear now. If not, just let me know and I'll try to be more precise. Good luck to you. DMC
Maximus Meredius	Posted - 2011.04.25 04:02:00 - [304] DMC, Thank you so very much for your insight. I've utilized your plan promptly and effectively which gave me -4 standing and I could travel to Gallente space now. I'm still working on it of course but at least i could be safe in those regions of the Universe. I just wanted to personally thank you for your time and effort to help everyone out here without expecting anything in return. That says a lot about your personality. If you were an eve-agent, you'd be +100 quality... LOL... You're the best.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.25 06:27:00 - [305] +100 Quality Thanks a lot and you're very welcome. I'm glad the 'Plan' has helped you and I wish you have continued success. When I first decided to work out a 'Plan' to repair Faction standings, I searched the Forums and other web sites for info and found bit's of information here and there. I was surprised that nobody had added it all together into a working guide. As I was doing it, I noticed lot's of other players asking about how to fix bad Faction standings and since we're all family here, I decided to post the 'Plan' while also working it. Soon after I complete all of the Event Agent missions, I'll go thru this entire thread and make a very informative and precise guide for the Evelopedia. ----------------- To all Eve players, I have some real life issues to take care of for the next month and I won't be able to log in very much. I'll still try to check up on this thread every few days but it'll probably be more like once a week at the least. However, Nerror theTerror has agreed to watch over this thread and help out with answers to questions. He has good knowledge on the workings of this 'Plan' and the 'Force is strong with this Apprentice'. As I said, I'll still be checking in to make sure everything is A-OK. After I get done with this RL issue, I'll be back to flooding this thread and the Forums with my posted replies. Once again I wish everyone good luck and much success working the Faction Standing Repair Plan. DMC
Dmarc	Posted - 2011.04.25 15:01:00 - [306] Great info, I Endorse this product
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.27 20:47:00 - [307] Edited by: Nerror theTerror on 27/04/2011 20:54:02 Promised DMC I'd post an update of my own progress. As I've mentioned in a previous post, I made this guy with some fairly specific standing goals in mind. I got every single social skill to V early on, then started working on the plan here: Phase 1 Work through this Faction Standing plan for the 4 major empires: Amarr, Caldari, Gallente & Minmatar. I've done all the Tutorial Agents, Career Agents, Circle Agents and the Graduation Certificate missions and their follow-up mission-chains. Doing the SoE epic arc when available. I still need to do all the pirate tag missions from the Datacenters, as well as all the Cosmos missions. Those I'll do later when I've collected more tags and my combat skills are better. Phase 1 gave me access to low quality L3 agents from all 4 major high-sec empires, and L2 agents from the smaller factions. Phase 2 Get standings of 4 or higher with all high-sec NPC corps. Originally I only meant to do several of the corps, but along the way I decided I might as well go for every single one of them. Currently flying around in a fairly low-skill hurricane (T1 weapons, T2 tank) doing L3 missions, getting on average 1 NPC corp standing to 4+ per day. I have to switch back and forth between factions to avoid either of the faction standings from becoming too low to get the L3 missions. The storyline missions give great corp standings, so well worth doing even if it means going back and forth between factions. This is what I am currently working on. I still have a long way to go though; just under 120 NPC corps left :) My faction standings are currently at: Phase 3 Get all high and low-sec NPC corp standings to 6+. By this time I should be in a well-fitted Loki and can do some low-sec missioning as well for corps like Nefantar and Outer Ring Excavations. Phase 4 Now I should be in a Machariel to blitz L4 missions to get all high-sec NPC corp standings to 8+. Will use the Loki for the low-sec agents. Phase 5 Finally it's time to butcher my high-sec faction standings and start working all the pirate faction corps. I just have to keep all faction standings at -1.99 or higher. This I hope is possible through the various epic arcs and being picky with missions.
Jellobear	Posted - 2011.04.28 11:46:00 - [308] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson +100 Quality Thanks a lot and you're very welcome. I'm glad the 'Plan' has helped you and I wish you have continued success. When I first decided to work out a 'Plan' to repair Faction standings, I searched the Forums and other web sites for info and found bit's of information here and there. I was surprised that nobody had added it all together into a working guide. As I was doing it, I noticed lot's of other players asking about how to fix bad Faction standings and since we're all family here, I decided to post the 'Plan' while also working it. Soon after I complete all of the Event Agent missions, I'll go thru this entire thread and make a very informative and precise guide for the Evelopedia. ----------------- To all Eve players, I have some real life issues to take care of for the next month and I won't be able to log in very much. I'll still try to check up on this thread every few days but it'll probably be more like once a week at the least. However, Nerror theTerror has agreed to watch over this thread and help out with answers to questions. He has good knowledge on the workings of this 'Plan' and the 'Force is strong with this Apprentice'. As I said, I'll still be checking in to make sure everything is A-OK. After I get done with this RL issue, I'll be back to flooding this thread and the Forums with my posted replies. Once again I wish everyone good luck and much success working the Faction Standing Repair Plan. DMC First off, Your guide is amazing and it's saving me loads of time. I'll be sending you a surprise later. Second, I recently checked your standings and I notice they're all hovering around 3.5~4.0 (No skills involved). Are you still following the plan. Any idea how high it can go right now? (6.0> for all empire factions) Third, Any update on whether we can also improve our pirate faction at the same time? Thanks again for the guide!
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.04.28 15:21:00 - [309] Edited by: Nerror theTerror on 28/04/2011 15:21:47 Originally by: Jellobear Third, Any update on whether we can also improve our pirate faction at the same time? Let me attempt to answer this clearly and concisely: Yes and no, and it depends... The biggest problem are the derived faction standing adjustments, where one or more faction standing goes down, when another goes up. Whenever you do a storyline mission for any of the empire factions, it's gonna hurt a pirate faction standing. This includes the Tutorial, Career, Datacenter, Circle, and Cosmos missions. The Epic Arcs are your best bet if you want to get some of the pirate faction standings up, but you simply cannot get all standings up at the same time. You'll have to pick and choose. For example, you can use this plan to get your empire standings up first, and then do the pirate epic arcs to get the Angel Cartel and Guristas standings up. If you do all the epic arcs every 3 months, and are very picky with your regular missions and ignore the storyline missions, you should be able to keep increasing your standings with Amarr, Caldari, Gallente, Minmatar, Angel Cartel and Guristas at the same time.
ValentinaDLM Minmatar Zaratha Zarati Shaktipat Revelators	Posted - 2011.04.28 15:23:00 - [310] Just an update to my personal quest, I have now got my Sansha's Nation faction standing to -4.90 After running missions in stain (hundreds of l1s) to go from -9.6 to -8.01 and running the amarr epic arc to get to -5.85 standing, I ran the epic arc again with my alt and much to my surprise the faction standing was shared (Nothing I had ever heard, anywhere lead me to believe that faction standing could ever be shared), split evenly down the middle for a 6% gain to us both, putting my main at -4.90 This means between my 2 accounts I can still get 12% more standing with my main and primary alt, and my that point I will be able to run level 4 missions in stain with both my main and primary alt, meaning I will have more choices to decline missions (I still don't want to be KOS in high sec). Already my true power standing is so high that I could run decent missions on my main as soon as I get above -2 faction.

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.04.29 07:11:00 - [311] Well, just thought I'd check in on the thread. I'll still be busy with RL issue's for the next 3 weeks so Nerror TheTerror will be helping out. Originally by: Dmarc Great info, I Endorse this product Dmarc, thanks for posting. I'm sure your endorsement of this 'Plan' will be very helpful. Feel free to refer it to any and all Eve players who are looking to repair negative Faction standings and or boost current positive Faction standings. DMC Originally by: Jellobear First off, Your guide is amazing and it's saving me loads of time. I'll be sending you a surprise later. Second, I recently checked your standings and I notice they're all hovering around 3.5~4.0 (No skills involved). Are you still following the plan. Any idea how high it can go right now? (6.0> for all empire factions) Third, Any update on whether we can also improve our pirate faction at the same time? Thanks again for the guide! Jellobear, thank you. I'm glad the 'Plan' is working for you. A surprise? As for my standings, I've only completed one mission since my last progress report. It was a Minmatar level 3 Cosmos Agent located in low security at The Alliance Barracks. Nothing much to report other than a slight shift in my Faction standings. Since Agents look at player standings modified by Social skills, I usually post those but I'll make an exception this time. My base standings unmodified for the Factions: Servant Sisters of EVE 8.00 Mordu's Legion Command 4.25 Minmatar Republic 4.19 = Empire Caldari State 4.11 = Empire Amarr Empire 3.83 = Empire Khanid Kingdom 3.75 = Empire The InterBus 3.74 = Empire Gallente Federation 3.60 = Empire Ammatar Mandate 3.29 = Empire ORE 2.76 Jove Empire 2.24 The Society 1.99 CONCORD Assembly 0.70 = Empire Thukker Tribe -3.70 The Syndicate -6.00 Guristas Pirates -9.75 Blood Raider Covenant -9.92 Angel Cartel -10.00 Sansha's Nation -10.00 Serpentis -10.00 Empire = Factions that control high security systems. I still have all Factions level 4 Epic Arcs and level 4 Cosmos Agents along with a few of the Data Center Agents left to complete. Those all give a very large Faction standing increase and with max Social skills, will make a big difference. It should place me up around +7.00 and with continuing the Epic Arc missions every 3 months, I should be able to go much higher. Many thanks to Nerror TheTerror for watching over this thread. The advice he stated is correct. With max level Social skills and completing all of the Event Agent missions listed in the 'Plan' to gain max positive standings with all of the Empire Factions, players can then raise a few of the Pirate Factions (Angel, Guristas and Sansha) easily by completing the Epic Arcs without hurting the other Faction standings. The other Pirate Factions will just have to wait till CCP adds Epic Arcs for them. Before doing the Pirate Epic Arcs, it would be a good idea to max the skill - Criminal Connections - along with the rest of the Social skills to receive max standing increases. http://dl.eve-files.com/media/0911/Carebear_COSMOS_Extreme_v1.2.pdf Pirate Cosmos Agents - guide (Completing these will give positive and negative derived standings to all other Factions) Well, I hope this info is helpful and I'll be sure to check in again next week. Until then, good luck to everyone and again, thanks to Nerror TheTerror. DMC
Haruko Hebi	Posted - 2011.04.29 23:36:00 - [312] Interesting and useful guide. thanks.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.05.01 19:04:00 - [313] Haruko Hebi, you're welcome. Hope the 'Plan' helps you as much as it's helped me.
Qalix	Posted - 2011.05.02 14:44:00 - [314] So Nerror, you really ARE doing almost exactly what I'm doing. I'm going straight for 8+ standings with a particular list of corps. Its a rather long list at 84 or so. I guess by hisec/losec corps you mean pirate vs. non-pirate. Quite a few non-pirate corps have offices in losec/nosec. I did the Minmatar epic arc last week. Very much a let down. The final 12.5% standings bump took me up only a little bit overall. I had expected a big, fat bump, but I guess not. Since I don't want to mess around with negative standings, it looks like I'll do the other epic arcs, get the slight bump in standings and some goodies, open up some l2 agents for each faction, but I'll still be mainly grinding individual corp standings. The negative faction standings seesaw just looks like it slows things down for my project. The mission strings necessary to get 2 or 3 storylines to get to l3 agents for a corp seem less time consuming overall. btw, for those of you who haven't done epic arc missions, they are absolutely not playing around. Much tougher rats than regular missions.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.05.02 17:08:00 - [315] Originally by: Qalix So Nerror, you really ARE doing almost exactly what I'm doing. I'm going straight for 8+ standings with a particular list of corps. Its a rather long list at 84 or so. I guess by hisec/losec corps you mean pirate vs. non-pirate. Quite a few non-pirate corps have offices in losec/nosec. I did the Minmatar epic arc last week. Very much a let down. The final 12.5% standings bump took me up only a little bit overall. I had expected a big, fat bump, but I guess not. Since I don't want to mess around with negative standings, it looks like I'll do the other epic arcs, get the slight bump in standings and some goodies, open up some l2 agents for each faction, but I'll still be mainly grinding individual corp standings. The negative faction standings seesaw just looks like it slows things down for my project. The mission strings necessary to get 2 or 3 storylines to get to l3 agents for a corp seem less time consuming overall. Yep looks like it. :) I let my Amarr standings slip a bit too much at one point, so I only had access to L2 agents, and perhaps I was unlucky with the missions as well, but it took a longish time and a lot of travelling back and forth to get it back to L3 standing. I'd rather keep the 4 major faction standings fairly even from now on. As you I started with a long list, but ended up just saying "screw this, gonna do em all". What ship are you using? After having run a bunch in my hurricane, I find the biggest timesink is the distance between mobs. I am seriously considering ditching my love for guns to go for a Tengu and the 100+ km range on the heavy missiles. It's a very time-consuming plan we're both on, so even a few minutes shaved off per mission here and there saves a ton of time in the end. As for high-sec vs low-sec, I didn't mean the pirate factions. They come last. But yeah I'll have to do both low and null-sec missioning for some of the non-pirate factions/corps as well. :)
Alain Kinsella Minmatar	Posted - 2011.05.08 12:45:00 - [316] Started to work on this to help with POS standings, and even in a couple weeks of casual work I went from -1 to +1 unmodified Gal standings. Haven't even finished the Career Agents yet, not bad. And, related to that, is a possible problem: How do you force the Tutorials to stay 'off' while running Career missions? It looks like CCP is forcing this setting back on every time you run a Career mission. I've tried just about everything, including a cache clearing and both cancelling and 'next'-ing every tutorial in an Arc. I'm on the 3rd system and its acting like my very first one from two years back. This is going to get tiring real quick unless I can just bypass the Career agents for now and go straight to the faction Circle/COSMOS from Tutorial Agents. Diplomacy and Connections are both at 4, Social 5 is being trained right now.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.05.08 13:12:00 - [317] Originally by: Alain Kinsella And, related to that, is a possible problem: How do you force the Tutorials to stay 'off' while running Career missions? It looks like CCP is forcing this setting back on every time you run a Career mission. I've tried just about everything, including a cache clearing and both cancelling and 'next'-ing every tutorial in an Arc. I'm on the 3rd system and its acting like my very first one from two years back. This is going to get tiring real quick unless I can just bypass the Career agents for now and go straight to the faction Circle/COSMOS from Tutorial Agents. Yeah I had the same problem when doing mine. I just got used to quickly clicking the little x every time. Annoying for sure though.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.05.09 00:18:00 - [318] The little Tutorial boxes? Some of those will give skill books and modules. I just went through them and sometimes got extra items, other times it just said I had already received the item. I'm not sure if there is a way to cancel it. Might be an option in the Esc menu to not show Tutorials.
Mara Rinn	Posted - 2011.05.16 05:29:00 - [319] Yes, two options in General Settings: Show Tutorials, and Show Welcome Screens. -- [Aussie players: join ANZAC channel]
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.05.17 05:21:00 - [320] Mara, thanks. I wasn't sure if there was an option or not. Since the Faction Standing Repair Plan has become a major thread in this Forum section, I just wanted to say thanks to all the players who take the time to link it for those who can benefit from it. It was created to help myself as well as everyone else in this game and even though I wrote it, I believe it belongs to the Eve Community for all to share. DMC With the new changes coming soon to Agent Quality and Agent Divisions, I don't think there will be much impact to this plan. At least I hope so.

Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.05.17 07:34:00 - [321] Originally by: Mara Rinn Yes, two options in General Settings: Show Tutorials, and Show Welcome Screens. The problem is that even with those off, I still got the tutorial box every single time on those Career Agents. Not sure if it's a bug, or if CCP just want to make sure people get them anyway, even if they've turned it off in settings. Originally by: DeMichael Crimson With the new changes coming soon to Agent Quality and Agent Divisions, I don't think there will be much impact to this plan. At least I hope so. Nothing negative I think It'll be easier to do the whole 16 regular missions to get a storyline mission, if that becomes necessary during the plan.
Mr Kindjal Amarr Kongsberg Vaapenfabrikk Amarr branch. Sev3rance	Posted - 2011.05.17 09:13:00 - [322] Edited by: Mr Kindjal on 17/05/2011 09:13:57 How often can I use the datacenter agents?
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.05.17 10:03:00 - [323] Edited by: Nerror theTerror on 17/05/2011 10:04:31 Originally by: Mr Kindjal Edited by: Mr Kindjal on 17/05/2011 09:13:57 How often can I use the datacenter agents? All the datacenter agents are one-time-use only. You can do them all (once you meet the standing requirements), but only once. Only the epic arcs are repeatable every 3 months.
TImora Fosty Solar Pride	Posted - 2011.05.20 06:52:00 - [324] Edited by: TImora Fosty on 20/05/2011 06:52:54 Well with the new patch realities, it's much easier to clean up your empire standings, due new agent features, you get standing for higher lvl agents much faster, and ( rofl ) all tutorial agents are now +20 Q, and i believe that the same thing is with data-centers and circle agents. I'm glad that i've only started doing this now (= Edit: Why the hell is this thread not sticky yet? so many questions about standing all over the forums...
Alain Kinsella Minmatar	Posted - 2011.05.20 09:00:00 - [325] Originally by: Nerror theTerror The problem is that even with those off, I still got the tutorial box every single time on those Career Agents. Not sure if it's a bug, or if CCP just want to make sure people get them anyway, even if they've turned it off in settings. Thinking about this more, I'm beginning to believe 'forced' tutorials on Career agents is a deliberate change. From my one experience with the Incarna tutorial (where I accidentally killed the window and could not reach it again), the average player will only be doing this once anyway. So best to make sure that one run is giving you the info needed. While it does make for annoying runs through multiple Career sites, its a one-time thing anyway (and only at the beginning of this plan, which can take a while to implement depending on what you're trying to do). As for the patch itself, anyone notice their faction standings go up after the patch? I've not done any missions since then, but just about every faction standing went up by about 1 full point (I know my SoE standing was not over 3 when I had to drop off for a couple weeks, now its almost 3.2). Kinda nice, if I could figure an explanation - the corp standings did not change btw, which is what has me confused.
Maverick2011 Caldari Deep Core Mining Inc.	Posted - 2011.05.20 18:55:00 - [326] This topic needs a sticky
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.05.21 19:43:00 - [327] Thanks for posting, I think this thread already had some glue thrown onto it but only CCP knows for sure. Would be nice to get an official reply from CCP about this. As for the Event Agents listed in this 'Plan', my understanding of the new Agent quality changes was that all agents can be accessed as -20 quality but they pay out rewards and standings as +20 quality. So about the only major change to this 'Plan' due to CCP's Agent Quality patch is that all regular level 1 Agents are now available to everyone regardless of standings when before it was only Agents level 1 quality 0 or lower. Again it would be nice to get an official reply from CCP about that also. DMC
akitespero	Posted - 2011.05.26 18:35:00 - [328] Edited by: akitespero on 26/05/2011 18:38:46 Hi all, I've been following the plan for quite some time, wonderful guide. I have some info and a request. Info on standings. When you gain standing, say 12%, you get and increase of 2.4 points if you are at -10, 1.2 points if you are at 0 and .6 if your standing is +5 so the higher your standing the lower the real gains. That is known and stated elsewhere in this thread. Problem is derived standings. When you get a standing decrease, lets say -6%, you always lose .6 points, no matter what your standing is. So if your standing with a particular faction is +5, a 12% gain gives you a .6 real increase, while a 6% loss, takes out the same .6 from it. Nasty. What this means is that doing the bouncing (missioning with one faction then with another) to get high standings with all empire factions will not help you above +4 or +5 (in give or take a bit) as the negative derived standings will cancel out the gains. By the way I have tested this after the 1.5 Incursion Patch. Now my question. I'm about to do the Amarr epic arc. I have found out is several posts in the forumsthat there is no faction standing gain at the end of the arc (high sec path ending in Right to Rule mission) Can anyone confirm this? Thanks in advance.
ValentinaDLM Minmatar Unofficial Master Kuvakei Fan Club	Posted - 2011.05.27 15:03:00 - [329] Originally by: akitespero I'm about to do the Amarr epic arc. I have found out is several posts in the forumsthat there is no faction standing gain at the end of the arc (high sec path ending in Right to Rule mission) Can anyone confirm this? Ironically this is exactly what people told me about going the low sec path. My understanding is that a long time ago the faction standing on the amarr epic arc was bugged, and it didn't award standing, a petition would award your standing though. Some people didn't know this and to this day they say that the arcs give no standings, but it is intended to give you either 12% Sansha's Nation or 12% Amarr Empire standing depending on your path. Look here http://www.eveonline.com/updates/patchnotes.asp?patchlogID=194 under fixes for missions and agents, it amazes me that people are still being told there is no faction standing increase, as it was fixed long ago.
akitespero	Posted - 2011.05.27 20:30:00 - [330] Edited by: akitespero on 27/05/2011 20:33:44 Edited by: akitespero on 27/05/2011 20:32:41 Originally by: ValentinaDLM Look here http://www.eveonline.com/updates/patchnotes.asp?patchlogID=194 under fixes for missions and agents, it amazes me that people are still being told there is no faction standing increase, as it was fixed long ago. Thanks Valentina. I just checked the link and you are right, the dev blog says: "All existent Epic Arcs, Blood Stained Stars, Penumbra, Right to Rule, Syndication, and Wilfire, will now provide faction standing bonuses associated with the chosen ending upon completion." By the way, I just finished the caldary arc and I had to petition the faction standing increase (got the increase in two days).

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.05.29 02:35:00 - [331] Thanks for posting, I think. As for not being able to get above +4 or +5 Faction standing with all Empire Factions from working this 'Plan', I don't know where this info is coming from but it is false. Currently I have over +5 Faction standing with almost all of the Empire Factions and I still have more of the 'Plan' left to complete. When I first came up with the idea for this 'Plan' there were lot's of players saying there was no way to have positive standings with all Empire Factions. After I proved that it was possible, they then said the standings couldn't go above +4.00. I have proved that is possible also. Now that I have standings above +5.00 there are players saying that standings can not go above +7.00. With the level 4 Empire Epic Arcs and completing all Event Agents listed in this 'Plan', it may take some time but I see no problem getting the Faction standings well above +9.00 for all Empire Factions. DMC
akitespero	Posted - 2011.05.30 14:55:00 - [332] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson As for not being able to get above +4 or +5 Faction standing with all Empire Factions from working this 'Plan', I don't know where this info is coming from but it is false. I hate it when people do not take the time to read posts. You got it wrong Crimson, I didn't say it is not possible to get beyond +5 with your plan, problem is you didn't read my post. What I said is that "bouncing" alone won't allow you go above +4 in all empire factions. In order to go above +4 you have to get a way to increase your standings without decreasing those of other factions, say by doing cosmos or epic arc missions as stated in your guide. Cosmos missions increase a faction standing without decreasing others but those missions cannot be repeated. So it would be wise to get your standings up to +3 or more doing the bouncing plus epic arc missions and save your one shoot cosmos missions to go above +4. By using your "one shoot" cosmos missions to increase your standings too early you are wasting them. So use the plan wisely, do epics and bouncing and anything you can use repeatedly until you are about +4 with all your empire factions, and then, and only then, use those missions you can use only once to get beyond +4. DO NOT WASTE YOUR "ONE SHOT" MISSIONS before you are +3 or +4 with all empire factions. Why? Because if you waste them too early you will only have your epic missions to go beyond +4, and if you do the math you'll see that it will take a few years to reach +7. Also remember that some epics (Caldari) do give negative standings which makes the progression even slower. Hope I make myself clear now. Next time don't roll your eyes and read the post before dismissing it Crimson. In fact you should add the info of my previous post in your guide. It IS useful info, and you know it. By the way, your plan is great, and I'm not being sarcastic. I love it, I use it (I got above +3 with all empire factions and I haven't done a single event mission yet) and all I want is for people to get the max out of it. See you around mate.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.05.31 01:23:00 - [333] Thank you for posting. I did read what you had posted and I'm sorry if my reply bothered you. Bottom line is that by following this 'Plan' players can and will get well above +5.00 Faction standing with all Empire Factions. As for my own standings, I guess you missed the post about my being busy with real life issues for the past 6 weeks which kept me out of the game. I also posted my completing only one Cosmos Agent mission within the past few months due to mainly only doing exploration. Before that I was grinding standings with R&D Corporations to gain access to Research Agents which took quite a while but I now have access to the highest R&D Agents in 7 different R&D Corporations. Yes, you're right about the Epic Arcs in the fact that they don't give any derived standings towards other Factions. They are included in this 'Plan' and are a major factor in getting all Empire Factions above +9.00 standing. In fact, I'm currently working the level 4 Epic Arcs and after completing them, will be doing the level 4 Cosmos agents and also complete all Data Center Agents that I haven't done yet. As usual, I'll be sure to post my stats asap. Until then, I wish everyone much success and good luck. DMC
akitespero	Posted - 2011.05.31 07:28:00 - [334] Sorry about my previous reply, my tone was off and I apologize, I have had rough week at work, and my boyfriend being an ass###e didn't help. Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Epic Arcs are included in this 'Plan' and are a major factor in getting all Empire Factions above +9.00 standing. Epic Arcs are the ONLY way to increase all four empire faction standings beyond +5. Once you reach an unmodified +5 with all four empire factions, Cosmos and Datacenters won't help you, whatever you gain with one faction, you lose with its enemy. Don't rely on my numbers, do the math yourself. You have an acceptable Minmatar standing, do an Amarr DataCenter or Cosmos mission and check how much REAL standing (not %) you gain with Amarr and how much you lose with Minmatar. And then prove me wrong. I'd love to be proven wrong in this, same way I'd love to be proven wrong about my boyfriend being a cheating liar, but that is another story. Fly safe.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.05.31 10:42:00 - [335] Well, sorry to hear about you having a bad time, hope it gets better for you. I posted this 'Plan' for the Eve Community. Whether it's used or not is up to each player. The main thing is that the information is available for everyone. Agents look at standings modified by Social skills which is what I look at also - Modified Standings. I'm not looking or trying to prove anyone wrong. The statement I made in the past still stands - Players can have well over +9.00 standing with all Empire Factions by following and working this 'Plan'. DMC
akitespero	Posted - 2011.05.31 15:38:00 - [336] The 'Plan' is based on the gains being higher than the derived losses. I have tested this premise and it seems this ain't so once your standings are high enough. I'm surprised you haven checked yet, this is the core of the 'Plan' mate. I'm flabbergasted you don't want to know. OK, the boss doesn't want to do it, but the rest of us can. If anyone out there has high standings (above +5) with anyone of the 4 main Empire factions, please do this simple test. Next time you gain faction standing with that faction (epic arc missions excepted) check also the derived standing loss with the enemy factions and let us know how much standing is gained and how much is lost. This is not about anyone being right or wrong Crimson, this is about your 'Plan', it is about finding out how the standings gain and loss really work in EvE so that all of us benefit the most from your idea.
Vacrivin	Posted - 2011.05.31 18:29:00 - [337] Thanks for your hard work, only two complaints a lot of the guides don't say roughly what percent the boost is, and roughly how long it takes. For instance, I've googled and searched and still unable to find how much the faction boost for Soe arc is. I only need to get to a certain point so having a rough outline of "base 10% boost, estimated time from start to finish focused 12 hours" ect.
akitespero	Posted - 2011.05.31 19:12:00 - [338] Originally by: Vacrivin a lot of the guides don't say roughly what percent the boost is, and roughly how long it takes. SoE is about 50 missions, easy ones to do in a Drake for example. It takes a lot of time to finish as you travel around a lot. You get 8% increase with the faction of your choice (.8 increase if you are +0 with that faction, .4 if you already are +5). Not worth it if you have standings to do the level 4 epic arcs. Level 4 epic arcs give 12.4% increase (1.2 increase if you are +0, .6 if you are +5). About 20 missions long, some of them on the level 4 hard side but all soloable with good skills. It takes me about 20 hours to complete each of the arcs solo in a standard raven with standard cruise missiles, T2 shields, warp drive (works in all missions) and T2 light drones for the frigates. Note that the caldari epic arc gives -2.4% standing with gallente in mission 13. And remember, you need a high standing (+6.8) with the corp of the agent giving the first mission. This is true even after the 1.5 patch. Hope it helps. The best places with epic arc info are: http://lorebook.eve-inspiracy.com/ http://eve-survival.org/wikka.php?wakka=MissionReportsEpicArc These two are my only sources of info for these missions.
Nieran	Posted - 2011.05.31 21:52:00 - [339] Originally by: akitespero Originally by: Vacrivin a lot of the guides don't say roughly what percent the boost is, and roughly how long it takes. SoE is about 50 missions, easy ones to do in a Drake for example. It takes a lot of time to finish as you travel around a lot. You get 8% increase with the faction of your choice (.8 increase if you are +0 with that faction, .4 if you already are +5). Not worth it if you have standings to do the level 4 epic arcs. Level 4 epic arcs give 12.4% increase (1.2 increase if you are +0, .6 if you are +5). About 20 missions long, some of them on the level 4 hard side but all soloable with good skills. It takes me about 20 hours to complete each of the arcs solo in a standard raven with standard cruise missiles, T2 shields, warp drive (works in all missions) and T2 light drones for the frigates. Note that the caldari epic arc gives -2.4% standing with gallente in mission 13. And remember, you need a high standing (+6.8) with the corp of the agent giving the first mission. This is true even after the 1.5 patch. Hope it helps. The best places with epic arc info are: http://lorebook.eve-inspiracy.com/ http://eve-survival.org/wikka.php?wakka=MissionReportsEpicArc These two are my only sources of info for these missions. Thanks, super helpful!
ValentinaDLM Minmatar Unofficial Master Kuvakei Fan Club	Posted - 2011.05.31 22:21:00 - [340] Also as far time to complete epic arcs goes, it varies pretty wildly, For example doing the amarr epic arc the 3rd time on the Sansha path, I used a tengu and a typhoon for the high sec missions with the typhoon providing logistics since I won't shoot Sansha rats with this char, but refitting the typhoon with torps when the nonsansha missions were there, this took about 4-5 hours and it wasn't even nonstop, all the low sec missions on the sansha path took less than an hour in a tengu + ishkur, the low sec missions are very easy. So all in all I did the arc in about 6 hours, but I think it would likely take much much longer if I didn't know what ships I had to kill or if I had to actually shoot the neut towers and whatnot, For example in the mission "Hunting the Hunter" all you have to do is destroy the battlestation to unlock they gate, so it takes about a minute or two to get through that pocket rather than 20+ minutes of destroying ships. So estimating time is pretty hard to do, which is why most guides don't it.

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.01 00:04:00 - [341] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 01/06/2011 00:11:35 akitespero, Wow, so much hostility. Not to mention your information is wrong and incorrect. I was just about to lose my cool and post a big ole nasty rebuttal but there's no need for that. You seem hell bent mad to rain on this parade and tear apart this 'Plan'. If there is miss-information listed in the 'Plan', please post it. If you have a better way to repair negative Faction standings, please post it. As of right now with my level of Social skills and the amount of Event Agents I've completed, my Faction standings are still going up. So if you've completed as many Event Agents as I have and have the same level of Social skills and have noticed that the amount of positive standing gain has become equal to the negative standing hit, please link a picture and post a detailed report. Other than that, please make sure you know for a fact that the information and advice you give is true and correct. All standing gains are subject to the players level of Social skills, or lack thereof, which it seems you've forgotten about. The Sisters of Eve level 1 Epic Arc gives a max amount of +8.75% Faction standing increase for completing it with the Faction of choice. It is done in high security systems. It has 52 missions and players can gain a couple of storyline mission offers while doing it. The level 3 Pirate Epic Arcs give a max amount of +32.00% Faction standing increase. They are done in 0.0 or null security systems. The level 4 Empire Epic Arcs give a max amount of +12.75% Faction standing increase. They are done in both high and low security systems. As for the amount of time it takes to complete these arcs, nobody can say since it depends on the players experience, skill level, equipment used and style of play. I apologize to the Eve Community for my temporary loss of control. Since I still have one more level 3 Cosmos Agent located in low security to complete, I'll be sure to check if the report of standing gain being equal to the amount of standing loss is indeed correct. DMC
akitespero	Posted - 2011.06.01 11:11:00 - [342] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson You seem hell bent mad to rain on this parade and tear apart this 'Plan'. If there is miss-information listed in the 'Plan', please post it. If you have a better way to repair negative Faction standings, please post it. Don't be silly dear, we all want the 'Plan' to work, I love the Plan and have been following it for months. The info you are asking for was posted a few days ago in this thread, here. The formulas are in the evelopedia too. As for a better plan, nope. The plan you have developed is great. Hugely effective when you have low standings, less so as you gain more. It only becomes useless when your standings are very high. You only have to tweak the 'Plan' at the point when standing loses start overcoming the gains which is when you reach +5 unmodified standings with the 4 empire factions (+6 modified standings with maxed social skills). The tweak is self evident, from this point onwards you just do epic arcs exclusively. Originally by: DeMichael Crimson I'll be sure to check if the report of standing gain being equal to the amount of standing loss is indeed correct. That's all I have been asking for love. Your standings are still a bit mediocre (between +3.6 and +4.2 unmodified, around +5 modified) so you should still get some small mean standing increase. Would be best if you do the test with a Minmatar mission (your best faction according to eveboard) To do a useful test keep tabs of the actual standing change as well as the % variation. See yourself how the % to actual increase ratio varies with your standing and how this ratio is constant when there is a standing decrease. Note too how the effect of the social skills do pretty little to help you here. The formulas are all in the evelopedia for your convenience. XOX
rabodamor	Posted - 2011.06.02 00:08:00 - [343] Originally by: akitespero If anyone out there has high standings (above +5) with anyone of the 4 main Empire factions, please do this simple test. Next time you gain faction standing check also the derived standing loss with the enemy factions. Hi, I finished an Amarr lvl 3 storyline. These are modified standings with all social skills at 5. Amarr before: 4.66 after: 4.97 -> +0.31 Caldari bfore: 5.14 after: 5.34 -> +0.20 Gallente bfre: 4.84 after: 4.73 -> -0.11 Minmatar bfr: 4.38 after: 4.10 -> -0.28 Total standing increase: 0.12 I did get a net standing increase, the plan thus works at my standing levels.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.03 08:20:00 - [344] Well, I don't really want to beat up on a dead horse but it's time to put this baby to rest. It seemed there was an attitude and that I was being talked down to by those posted replies. Believe it or not, I did do a lot of research into this 'Plan' before I wrote and posted it. Also since it is a 'Plan', it's always subject to change and has been edited in the past. Since my base standings (unmodified) are not at +5.00 or higher, seems this whole discussion is mute anyway. I completed a mission for one of the low security Cosmos Agents at Fort Kumar in Kenobanala system. It was a level 4 Caldari Agent. My current Empire Faction Standings: Modified and (Base) Minmatar Republic +5.24 (+4.05) Caldari State +5.51 (+4.39) The Interbus +4.99 (+3.74) Amarr Empire +5.18 (+3.97) Khanid Kingdom +5.18 (+3.97) Gallente Federation +4.62 (+3.28) Ammatar Mandate +4.83 (+3.53) Concord Assembly +2.56 (+0.70) I checked my base standings for the 4 main Factions before and after and also the percentage amount of standing incurred along with derived standings. All of my Social skills are at level 5. Caldari State from +4.11 to +4.39 = +4.7793% standing gained Gallente Federation from +3.60 to +3.28 = -3.2509% standing lost Amarr Empire from +3.83 to +3.97 = +1.4756% standing gained Minmatar Republic from +4.19 to +4.05 = -1.356% standing lost As you can see, the amount of standing gained is still higher than the amount of standing lost. Probably by the time all of the Event Agent missions are completed, the base standings might be up around +5.00 unmodified. Since the standings are still going up slowly, there's really no need to worry about the derived standings or the amount of positive gain verses the amount of negative loss. However, I'll be sure to check this again after I complete some more missions. Now about the formula's and information listed in the Evelopedia and EveWiki, I don't know where the EveWiki information originally came from. I do know that the Evelopedia had a lot of information copied by players (including myself) from the EveWiki which was also written and created by players. Now is the information contained in those sites accurate? Only CCP knows for sure. Both of those sites are subject to change at any time, especially since CCP loves to do stealth changes to the game including changes to the game mechanics. Now I think that's about it for this subject. As usual, I'll be sure to post my statistics and progress asap. Until then, I wish everyone much success and good luck. DMC
Ad'Hakim Tahous	Posted - 2011.06.04 12:17:00 - [345] Hello DMC. Many thanks for the work you've done. I've a question on the use of agents at the Data Centers. As one builds up standing with the NPC that "controls" access to the agents, one can access additional agents within the Data Center. According to the Wiki Guide the agents provide differing degrees of corp/faction increases. Would it not make sense to build up fairly high standing with that NPC while one's corresponding faction standing is still very modest? Once one has access to the Data Center agent with the highest reported faction standing gain it seems to me that it is this agent that should be used after the first round of certificate / tag agents. Subsequent agent selections would also be based on which agent provides the greatest % increase to the largest remaining spread between 10.0 and current faction standing. Would this not provide a greater net gain compared to working one's way up the ladder? Best wishes. Ad'Hakim
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.04 22:10:00 - [346] Ad'Hakim Tahous, thanks and you're welcome. That's a very good question. This 'Plan' is mainly for repairing negative Faction standings to a positive level while maintaining the players current positive standings. Then after that, raising all positive Faction standings up higher. As the amount of points left between the players current positive standing and +10 gets smaller, the percentage of standing gain also gets smaller. This is just conjecture on my part and I don't have any hard facts to back this up but I think it would be better to save the agents who give the largest standing increase for last, that way the standings will still go up. To me it seems it'll take longer to grind regular missions to raise the corporation standing up high enough to access the high level agent. With advancement from the lower level Data Center Agents on up to the higher level Data Center agents, the amount of time spent doing that should be a lot faster. However, I could be wrong about this. Maybe you could test your theory out and report back on the results. As always, I wish everyone much success and lot's of good luck. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.05 11:16:00 - [347] Just an update on my progress and statistics. I've already completed 2 of the level 4 Cosmos Agents located in low security. 1 at Fort Kumar (Amarr/Caldari) and 1 at The Alliance Barracks (Gallente/Minmatar). Since it's been over 3 months when I last completed the level 1 Sisters of Eve Epic Arc, I decided to see about getting my Empire Faction standings a little bit more equal before I seriously got into completing the level 4 Event Agents. While working the level 1 SoE Arc, I received 5 different Storyline Mission offers. 2 were for Sisters of Eve and 1 each for Gallente, Caldari and Minmatar. I declined the Minmatar Storyline offer due to it being Anti-Empire encounter mission. After completing those along with the level 1 SoE Epic Arc, my Empire Faction standings are close to being more equal now. Empire Faction Standings: Modified (Base) Caldari State +5.50 (+4.37) Minmatar Republic +5.25 (+4.06) Amarr Empire +5.17 (+3.96) Khanid Kingdom +5.17 (+3.96) Gallente Federation +5.14 (+3.92) The Interbus +5.03 (+3.78) Ammatar Mandate +4.82 (+3.52) Concord Assembly +2.56 (+0.70) Social Skills: Social lv 5 Connections lv 5 Fast Talk lv 5 Diplomacy lv 5 Negotiation lv 5 Security Status: +5.85 Data Center Tags completed: Minmatar = Angel Crystal and lower - need Gold Gallente = Serpentis Diamond and lower - need Brass and Gold Caldari = Guristas Crystal and lower - need Brass Amarr = Blood Crystal and lower - need Gold Ammatar = Sansha Crystal and lower - need Gold Epic Arcs Completed: Level 1 Sisters Of Eve = 4x (1x Minmatar, 1x Amarr, 2x Gallente) Level 4 Amarr = Started Level 4 Caldari = Started Level 4 Gallente = Started Level 4 Minmatar = Started Tutorial, Career, Circle Agents Completed: All Empire Factions Cosmos Agents Completed: All Empire Factions = level 3 and lower Special Agents Completed (Security Status): Christer Fuglesang = Concord Jeremy Tacs = Concord I'll be working the level 4 Cosmos Agents doing the 'Bounce' action between the various Factions to hopefully raise and keep all of the standings close to equal. I'll be watching the standing gains and losses including the derived standings. If or when the amount of positive standing gain equals the negative standing loss, I'll be sure to post it. Until then, I wish you all good luck working the 'Plan'. DMC
Tarassse	Posted - 2011.06.05 17:17:00 - [348] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson I checked my base standings for the 4 main Factions before and after and also the percentage amount of standing incurred along with derived standings. All of my Social skills are at level 5. Caldari State from +4.11 to +4.39 = +4.7793% standing gained Gallente Federation from +3.60 to +3.28 = -3.2509% standing lost Amarr Empire from +3.83 to +3.97 = +1.4756% standing gained Minmatar Republic from +4.19 to +4.05 = -1.356% standing lost As you can see, the amount of standing gained is still higher than the amount of standing lost. Probably by the time all of the Event Agent missions are completed, the base standings might be up around +5.00 unmodified. Since the standings are still going up slowly, there's really no need to worry about the derived standings or the amount of positive gain verses the amount of negative loss. Hi DeMichael Crimson. Great plan, I must confess, but I don't understand your statement "the amount of standing gained is still higher than the amount of standing lost" While that's true in terms of %, you gained 0.42 standing (Amarr + Caldari) and lost 0.46 (Gallente + Minmatar) Another thing that I'd like to know more about : You said a player can have +9.00 standing towards all four empire factions with this plan. Does this mean +9.00 with all four in the same time? If so, will you then be forced to decline every storyline to avoid crushing these standings?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.05 23:27:00 - [349] Originally by: Tarassse Hi DeMichael Crimson. Great plan, I must confess, but I don't understand your statement "the amount of standing gained is still higher than the amount of standing lost" While that's true in terms of %, you gained 0.42 standing (Amarr + Caldari) and lost 0.46 (Gallente + Minmatar) Another thing that I'd like to know more about : You said a player can have +9.00 standing towards all four empire factions with this plan. Does this mean +9.00 with all four in the same time? If so, will you then be forced to decline every storyline to avoid crushing these standings? Thanks for posting. I'm not a mathematician and I don't have an explanation for those results. I do know that this 'Plan' is like a coin with 2 very different sides. Right now there is only one side being viewed. There is still another side left which will complete the total amount of standing change. On this side of the standings coin the total amount of percentage for standing gained and lost is: Amarr/Caldari +6.2549% gained Gallente/Minmatar -4.6069% lost When the coin is flipped, the same thing will happen in reverse. Since there's 4 different Factions and standings involved, the only way to really see the correct results is to mission for each one of the 4 major Factions. Hence the reason for 'Bouncing' from the highest Faction standing to the lowest Faction standing. After all is said and done, all Faction standings will have moved up a little bit. There is no fast way to gain super high Faction standings nor is there a fast way to raise negative Faction standings. If there is, I would surely like to know about it. As far as I know, this 'Plan' is still the quickest way to repair negative Faction standings as well as boost positive Faction standings. By completing missions for all of the Event Agents listed in this 'Plan' and completing the Epic Arcs every 3 months, players should be able to raise the 4 major Empire Factions up above +9.00 standing. This will take a long time to complete of course. If Players decide to also complete regular and storyline missions, then it'll take even longer to get the 4 major Factions up above +9.00 Faction standing. Of course it also depends on the type of storyline missions accepted. As always, if working this 'Plan', players should always decline all Anti-Empire Faction encounter missions. Anyway, this is still just a 'Plan' and not a guide yet. As such, it is still subject to change and open to be edited at any time. If there is wrong information posted in the 'Plan', please report it and I'll be sure to post the correct information. All I have left to complete are the level 4 Event Agents. So far my standings still continue to rise, be it ever so slowly. I don't intend on doing any regular missions unless it's needed to complete this 'Plan'. My main career path is exploration and this 'Plan' fit's in perfectly with that career. Other than that, I really don't know what else to say except good luck and much success. DMC
Ad'Hakim Tahous	Posted - 2011.06.06 22:25:00 - [350] Hello DMC. I'm using the "FSRP" as a baseline with an objective that differs from the Plan: I'm taking a new toon and working towards positive standings for the 4 main factions along with standings for the 4 NPCs that run the 4 main Empire trade hubs. If the standings among the 4 main factions are not perfectly balanced I can live with that result. I'll follow up in the coming days with the results obtained by using Data Center Agents based upon the amount of Faction Standing gains awarded (in descending order) rather than NPC/Faction Standing required to access the agent (in ascending order). Hopefully, the results will be useful to determine if the sequence laid out in the current version of the "FSRP" can be enhanced for the Plan's objectives. Best wishes. A'H T

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.09 00:25:00 - [351] Well, I hope it works out great for you. Please keep us updated with your progress. Would be nice to know about a 'Short-cut' for this 'Plan'. However, most players will be working this 'Plan' with an old character to raise up negative standings instead of starting with a new character that has neutral standings. One of my goals for working this 'Plan' is to complete all Event Agent Missions, even if they don't really help with increasing my Faction standing. After that, I guess it'll just be the Epic Arc missions. Again, best of luck to you. DMC
zerokmatrix	Posted - 2011.06.12 02:52:00 - [352] Hi, I have just discovered your "plan" after searching all over for a reliable way to repair my faction standings. I have a very high Gallente/Minmatar standng and a very low Caldari/Amarr standing and I was begining to think I would never be able to travel to places like Jita, without being shot at, ever again. Only a few days have passed and I can now travel anywhere in empire. So i would like to say thank you for posting your plan and opening up the EVE universe again for me. I am very excited to see how far I can improve all my standings, with the aim of being able to complete the epic arc and cosmos missions for all 4 main factions.
Cyno'in Local	Posted - 2011.06.12 04:01:00 - [353] If you have decent standings towards all factions and just want to try and raise them all very high, is it worth focusing on 1 faction at a time or focusing on one "type of agent". For instance is it worth running ALL the Tutorial agents first for all factions then switch to do all the Career agents and move on down the list or should I just follow the plan as is?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.13 00:03:00 - [354] Originally by: zerokmatrix Hi, I have just discovered your "plan" after searching all over for a reliable way to repair my faction standings. I have a very high Gallente/Minmatar standng and a very low Caldari/Amarr standing and I was begining to think I would never be able to travel to places like Jita, without being shot at, ever again. Only a few days have passed and I can now travel anywhere in empire. So i would like to say thank you for posting your plan and opening up the EVE universe again for me. I am very excited to see how far I can improve all my standings, with the aim of being able to complete the epic arc and cosmos missions for all 4 main factions. zerokmatrix, gratz and you're welcome. I'm glad the 'Plan' has helped you to once again travel safely in Empire space. I hope you have more good luck and much success. DMC Originally by: Cyno'in Local If you have decent standings towards all factions and just want to try and raise them all very high, is it worth focusing on 1 faction at a time or focusing on one "type of agent". For instance is it worth running ALL the Tutorial agents first for all factions then switch to do all the Career agents and move on down the list or should I just follow the plan as is? Cyno'in Local, that's a very good question. If you already have good standings with the main Empire Factions, you'll want to keep watch on them and do a round of each type of Event Agent for each Faction. For instance, if you do the Tutorial Agents for all Factions it should raise all standings. Then do the Career Agents, Circle Agents, etc. Since those Agents are level 1, you'll always have access to them. When you get into the higher level Event Agents, you'll need to closely watch your standings and bounce to the lowest Faction when needed so as to not cut yourself off from having access. At various times I was bouncing back and forth between Factions while doing the level 3 Cosmos missions. Same goes for the higher level Data Center Agents. I hope that answered your question. Good luck to you. DMC
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.06.13 06:01:00 - [355] Originally by: akitespero As for a better plan, nope. The plan you have developed is great. Hugely effective when you have low standings, less so as you gain more. It only becomes useless when your standings are very high. You only have to tweak the 'Plan' at the point when standing loses start overcoming the gains which is when you reach +5 unmodified standings with the 4 empire factions (+6 modified standings with maxed social skills). The tweak is self evident, from this point onwards you just do epic arcs exclusively. This is essentially true and I thought it was pretty self-evident since it's pretty basic math. The equilibrium is actually below 5 unmodified faction standing I believe. I remember reading a thread where they did the math on how to optimize it before having to solely resort to the epic arcs, and I remember it involved around 50% Mordus Legion story-line missions, and a good chunk of SoE missions. Forgot most of the rest of the factions, but I do remember Ammatar Mandate was on the list. Apparently I forgot to bookmark the damn thread. Anyway, bottom line is very clear: At a certain point (what I call the equilibrium), you no longer gain in all empire faction standings overall by doing storyline missions. You start losing more than you gain. Only way to get past that point are doing epic arcs, while stopping doing all other missions that affect faction standings. The equilibrium varies depending on how you go about gaining those faction standings, because of the different interfaction relationships.
Nerror theTerror	Posted - 2011.06.13 06:39:00 - [356] Edited by: Nerror theTerror on 13/06/2011 06:46:43 Since I have a few minutes to kill, let's try an actual example based on DMC's numbers: Quote: Caldari State: +4.7793% standing gained Gallente Federation: -3.2509% standing lost Amarr Empire: +1.4756% standing gained Minmatar Republic: -1.356% standing lost For the sake of argument, let's say the unmodified faction standings for those 4 empires are all 5.0. Plotting the numbers into the equations: Caldari State: ((10-(5))(0.047793))+(5) = 5.238965 so an actual gain of 0.238965 Gallente Federation: (10(-0.032509))+(5) = 4.67491 so an actual loss of 0.32509 Amarr Empire: ((10-(5))(0.014756))+(5) = 5.07378 so an actual gain of 0.07378 Minmatar Republic: (10(-0.01356))+(5) = 4.8644 so an actual loss of 0.1356 In other words, that particular storyline mission would have given significantly bigger faction losses (almost double) than gains at 5.0 unmodified faction standings. In fact, the equilibrium for that Caldari storyline mission is at around 3.2 (0.32509/0.047793) unmodified faction standing, so if you already have higher unmodified factions standings with those 4 empires, it's better not to do the mission at all if all you are going for is faction standings.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.13 11:35:00 - [357] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 13/06/2011 11:41:23 Interesting, to say the least. Well, my base standings (unmodified) for all Empire Factions is still below +5.00 standing. Maybe I have reached a plateau for increasing the Faction standings with the Event Agents....I don't know. My standings are still slowly going up though. If this is the case then completing the level 4 Cosmos Agents would do more damage than help. Since I'm committed to completing all of the Event Agent missions, I guess we'll soon find out. DMC
Eddie Stylez	Posted - 2011.06.15 03:37:00 - [358] I've got a few questions. First I'm trying to bring my Caldari and Amarr standings up from about -2.5ish. I've done all the tutorial missions for Caldari and that raised my Caldari standings to -0.66. Now my question is did you seriously do all 600 career missions? Is it really worth spending all that time doing 10 missions for 1 small standings boost? That seems pretty brutal. My other question is when you are talking about bouncing between factions. Should I keep bouncing down to my lowest standings faction, after doing a set of missions? My ultimate goal really is just to raise my Caldari and Amarr standings high enough to run L4's. That way I'm not pigeon holed into running L4's in only 1 area of Empire. Thanks! Wonderful Guide!
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.15 22:46:00 - [359] Originally by: Eddie Stylez I've got a few questions. First I'm trying to bring my Caldari and Amarr standings up from about -2.5ish. I've done all the tutorial missions for Caldari and that raised my Caldari standings to -0.66. Gratz, good to hear that. Originally by: Eddie Stylez Now my question is did you seriously do all 600 career missions? Is it really worth spending all that time doing 10 missions for 1 small standings boost? That seems pretty brutal. Yes, I've completed all the missions for all of the Career Agents. The point here is that every little bit of standing increase helps, no matter how small it is. With higher skill level and of course a better ship fit with Tech 2 modules, most of those missions can be completed quickly and the reward items they give can be sold on the market. Since you've already completed all 15 Tutorial Agents for Caldari, bounce to Amarr and do the Tutorial Agents. It doesn't take long to complete those missions. After completing those, check your standings. Then you'll have a better idea on what steps to do next. Originally by: Eddie Stylez My other question is when you are talking about bouncing between factions. Should I keep bouncing down to my lowest standings faction, after doing a set of missions? Bouncing to the lowest Faction standing is dependent on your highest Faction standing, to a point. Example - You've completed most of the level 3 Cosmos Agents for Caldari and none for Gallente. Your Faction standing is +6.49 for Caldari and +3.49 for Gallente. Faction standing of +3.00 is needed to access the level 3 Cosmos Agents. This is where you would 'Bounce' from Caldari and start doing the Gallente level 3 Cosmos Agents. Caldari can be taken down to just above +3.00 standing which will still allow access to finish those Agents. While completing missions for the higher level Event Agent's, always check your standings and do the 'Bounce' when needed. Originally by: Eddie Stylez My ultimate goal really is just to raise my Caldari and Amarr standings high enough to run L4's. That way I'm not pigeon holed into running L4's in only 1 area of Empire. Since your goal is just to have access to level 4 Agents, Faction standing above -2.00 is all that's needed. Then all you have to do is just build up Corporation standing above +5.00 for access to level 4 Agents. The Event Agents listed in this 'Plan' could be used to help maintain Faction standings above -2.00 along with 'Bouncing' from one Faction to another doing one set of 16 regular missions + storyline for each Faction. Originally by: Eddie Stylez Thanks! Wonderful Guide! Thank you very much and you're welcome. This 'Plan' isn't exactly a guide per say, it's more of an outline that lists all the Event Agents that give Faction standing increase and a few different ways to apply them. How this 'Plan' is used is entirely up to each player depending on their standings and what their goal is. Anyway, I hope you have continued good luck and much success towards completing your goal. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.17 02:42:00 - [360] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 17/06/2011 02:44:09 Just wanted to post the different Social skills and what they affect. Social skill will increase your effective standing with all Agents, Corporations and Factions. Diplomacy skill will raise your current negative standings with all Factions. Connections skill will increase your current positive standings with Empire Factions. Criminal Connections skill will increase your current positive standings with Pirate Factions. Negotiation skill will increase the reward and standings gained for completing missions. To help raise all negative Faction standings quickly, train Diplomacy, Social and Negotiation skills. To help raise positive Empire Faction standings quickly, train Connections, Social and Negotiation skills. To help raise positive Pirate Faction standings quickly, train Criminal Connections, Social and Negotiation skills. To access high level Agents, maintain the Faction standing above -2.00 along with the required amount of Corporation standing. Level 1 Agents = Available regardless of standings. Level 2 Agents = Above +1.00 standing. Level 3 Agents = Above +3.00 standing. Level 4 Agents = Above +5.00 standing. Level 5 Agents = Above +7.00 standing. I'll have to see if I can include this info somewhere in the original 'Plan' pages. DMC

Aston Martin DB5	Posted - 2011.06.17 06:50:00 - [361] Why don't you just ask for a sticky and stop bumping this?
Takseen	Posted - 2011.06.17 08:03:00 - [362] I just finished the Amarr epic arc, choosing the Amarr empire path and didn't get a faction standings boost. Is this intended? If not, should I petition it or what?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.17 11:39:00 - [363] Originally by: Aston Martin DB5 Why don't you just ask for a sticky and stop bumping this? I'm not going to ask for a 'Sticky'. Nor am I going to stop updating this thread which you refer to as 'Bumping'. Originally by: Takseen I just finished the Amarr epic arc, choosing the Amarr empire path and didn't get a faction standings boost. Is this intended? If not, should I petition it or what? Takseen, congratulations for completing the level 4 Amarr Epic Arc. There has been reports of Faction standing increase not being received for completing the Epic Arcs. Definitely file a petition asap. DMC
Lizzi Borden Gallente Non Entity	Posted - 2011.06.17 19:32:00 - [364] Edited by: Lizzi Borden on 17/06/2011 19:34:27 I went from barely being able to get into Minmatar and Gallente space to being able to run level 3's for both in less than 24 hours. Thank you so much. I honestly would not have even know I could fix my standings if not for this post. Of course this is an alt...
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.18 01:46:00 - [365] Lizzi Borden, that's excellent. It always good to hear that this 'Plan' is helping players, especially within the first 24 hours of working it. I hope you continue to have good luck and much success. DMC
Keilateau Shakor Minmatar	Posted - 2011.06.19 11:00:00 - [366] Great service provided here, thank you! Keep up the good work!
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.19 11:35:00 - [367] Keilateau Shakor, you're welcome and thanks for posting. Feel free to refer this 'Plan' to other players who may need it. DMC
SmokingManEVE	Posted - 2011.06.22 05:38:00 - [368] Nice plan good work. Was doing the plan before this update. Now it seems taht all tutorial agents are goone? Could anyone help me how to find those tut agents? Thx. :-)
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.22 11:50:00 - [369] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 22/06/2011 11:54:51 SmokingManEVE, you're welcome and thank you for letting me know about the missing Agents. Wow, I hope CCP didn't take out those Tutorial agents giving the mission 'The Endless Battle'. Those agents are a major part when first working this 'Plan'. I'll have to check up on this asap. DMC
Octarius Eskravu	Posted - 2011.06.22 13:37:00 - [370] i believe they did took out those tutorial agents that give the endless battle 2 part mission...

Kahn Asher	Posted - 2011.06.22 16:44:00 - [371] I can confirm that I was working on those missions and one of the agents are gone, I've petitioned CCP to find out if they have been moved or what, I'll let you know what I found out.
Tchal'la Caldari Tachyon Training	Posted - 2011.06.22 19:09:00 - [372] I can confirm that the tutorial agents are gone. There was a line in the patch notes about it: Quote: Aura is now an agent, and will be in charge of the new player experience and early tutorials. The previous agents who gave players their first crash course missions have been...retired. I am really bummed about that. I was getting ready to activate a second account and use the tutorial agents to get quick faction standing.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.23 02:42:00 - [373] This is indeed sad news. Thank you all for this information. I've posted a question to CCP about those agents in a few different threads. Mainly if they could be given a new title (Political Liaison ?) along with a raise in pay to come back out of retirement. If not, are there any replacement agents that offer the same mission 'The Endless Battle'. I'll probably have to send in a petition to get an Official response about this. Looks like I'll have to do some editing to the 'Plan'. DMC
SmokingManEVE	Posted - 2011.06.24 18:52:00 - [374] Thx for the replies. Untill i decide otherwise I think i'll use the plan to fix bad standing and gain even better standing with my main fractions for pos etc. I liked tutorial agents but find career agents boring. Still a very good plan - Keep up the good work. Regards SmokingMan
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.25 05:09:00 - [375] SmokingManEVE, you're welcome and thanks for bringing it to my attention about the Tutorial Agents being retired. Guess I could edit the 'Plan' now but first I'm going to try to get an official response from CCP about those Agents and their mission 'The Endless Battle'. Good luck to you, DMC
Baraka Saibot	Posted - 2011.06.25 05:47:00 - [376] Pfft, to much work. New faction faction repair plan: 1) Insert coin. 2) Receive aurum. 3) Recieve faction standing.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.26 03:32:00 - [377] Originally by: Baraka Saibot Pfft, to much work. New faction faction repair plan: 1) Insert coin. 2) Receive aurum. 3) Recieve faction standing. This 'Plan' may very well be too much work for you (too complicated?). Now about your new 'Plan', I doubt that's a viable option. If so, it'll be very expensive to say the least. Not to mention if it is available, will probably only work with Factions that the player currently has positive standings with. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.27 00:48:00 - [378] Originally by: Xylopia Originally by: The history says, "DeMichael Crimson single-handedly compiled bits of shattered, hidden wisdoms into a great milestone that lead to true peace with most recognized powers of New Eden. In doing so, he so bravely rescued uncountable numbers of cursed souls from evil CCP's bloody hands that CCP's grudging evil groan is still heard these days" Kudos to you DMC! Looks like CCP has found a way to slow that down. According to reports from CCP, the old 'Tutorial Agents' went into early retirement due to the new Aura NPE who has single handedly ended 'The Endless Battle' mission series. This is indeed sad news and a major set back to the 'Plan'. Personally, I think those Agents might have been executed by assassination. I did a quick edit of the 'Plan' by breaking the link for the 'Tutorial Agents' and adding a note about them. I hope those Agents are still alive and can come back out of retirement in the near Future. If not, maybe some new replacement Agents will again offer that mission series 'The Endless Battle'. DMC
Tchal'la Caldari Tachyon Training	Posted - 2011.06.27 04:26:00 - [379] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Personally, I think those Agents might have been executed by assassination. I hope those Agents are still alive and can come back out of retirement in the near Future. Actually, I tried the NPE with Aura on a new alt, and found that I still had a 10.0 standing with the old tutorial agent in my starting system, even though they are not in the station anymore. Maybe they are just under house arrest.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.27 06:13:00 - [380] Tchal'la, that is indeed strange. Maybe those Agents have just gone into hiding and Aura NPE is just covering for them? One thing is for sure, there's no Faction standing increase obtained from Aura NPE. As a matter of fact, I was informed that one of the missions offered incurs negative standing towards the home Faction. Check your standings transactions and petition it if you incurred any. Sure sounds like some sort of conspiracy going on right now. Anyway, I'm sure this issue will be corrected very soon in the near future. As for getting some more agents to offer the mission series 'The Endless Battle' again, only time will tell. DMC

Syphon Lodian Gallente	Posted - 2011.06.28 00:34:00 - [381] So now that you can't do tutorial missions to get a leg up on standings (enough to just start basic L1 missions), then how exactly do you get out of negative standing at all? I'm -5 with Amarr and Caldari (my mistake, I neglected it and didn't realize as I was plowing through Gallente missions), so how exactly do I raise this at all? Kill belt rats for 2 years? ------------------------------------------------- Go pod yourself.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.28 02:04:00 - [382] Originally by: Syphon Lodian So now that you can't do tutorial missions to get a leg up on standings (enough to just start basic L1 missions), then how exactly do you get out of negative standing at all? I'm -5 with Amarr and Caldari (my mistake, I neglected it and didn't realize as I was plowing through Gallente missions), so how exactly do I raise this at all? Kill belt rats for 2 years? Syphon Lodian, it's still the same 'Plan'. Just takes a bit longer now with the removal of the Tutorial Agents. 'The Endless Battle' missions could be completed very quickly when first working the 'Plan' for some quick Faction standing increase. All Level 1 Agents are available to everyone regardless of standings. When the Faction standing is above -5.00, safe travel can be done throughout that Factions space allowing safe access to all Level 1 Career, Circle, Data Center and Cosmos Agents. As always, the very first step is train up Diplomacy, Social and Negotiation skills. If Diplomacy is trained to Level 5 and all negative 'Unfriendly' Factions are still -5.00 or lower, find a Corporation belonging to the highest negative standing Faction that is located in your 'Friendly' space. Grind missions (16 + storyline) for a Level 1 Agent until one of the negative 'Unfriendly' Factions is above -5.00, then start working the 'Plan'. If none of the 'Unfriendly' Factions Corporations are available, find a Faction that's friendly towards them that have Corporations located in 'Friendly' space and grind missions to gain derived positive standings. Eventually the negative 'Unfriendly' Faction standings will rise and when one gets above -5.00, start working the 'Plan'. http://www.eve-wiki.net/index.php?title=Standings#Standing_Relationships Hope this answers your question. DMC
Normal citizen	Posted - 2011.06.28 17:28:00 - [383] Is it possible to do the mission arcs multiple times?
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.29 05:17:00 - [384] Originally by: Normal citizen Is it possible to do the mission arcs multiple times? Normal citizen, if 'Mission Arcs' refers to the 'Epic Arcs', then yes. Those can be completed every 3 months for Faction standing increase. All of the missions offered by the other Agent types (Career, Data Center, Cosmos) listed in this 'Plan' can only be completed once per Agent for the life of your character. For example - There's 15 Career Agents for each of the 4 main Factions. That is a total of 60 different Career Agents. You can only do missions once for each one of those 60 Career Agents. Hope this helps. Good luck to you and much success working this 'Plan'. DMC
Normal citizen	Posted - 2011.06.29 14:55:00 - [385] Awesome, I'm off to work on my impetus standing
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.06.29 16:34:00 - [386] Good luck on the Epic Arc missions. DMC
Normal citizen	Posted - 2011.07.01 20:49:00 - [387] I did the gallente career missions, and I lost quite a lot of my caldari standing
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.02 01:09:00 - [388] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 02/07/2011 01:13:37 Originally by: Normal citizen I did the gallente career missions, and I lost quite a lot of my caldari standing Sorry to hear that but this is how the standings work. It's a 'Sea-Saw' action. This is the reason for keeping watch on the standings and 'Bouncing' between the Factions whenever needed. I don't know what your standings are or what it is you're trying to do. There's plenty of Event Agents for each Faction to do one of four things. 1, Raise negative Faction standings above -2.00 standing to access higher level Agents. 2, Make all Empire Faction standings positive and close to equal. 3, Boost a specific positive Faction to a higher standing quickly. 4, Keep negative Faction standings above -5.00 (Temporary fix) for safe travel to continue doing Empire Faction encounter missions. All of these can be done by completing selective missions for the Event Agents when needed. To answer your statement without knowing specific details of your standings - now complete all of the Caldari Career Agents. Hope this info helps. DMC
Normal citizen	Posted - 2011.07.02 10:44:00 - [389] I'm trying to raise my gallente federation standing, but I don't want to lose my caldari state standing while doing that, as I've already worked so hard to get it to where it is. My Federation standing is high enough to not get shot at, but it's very hard to get my personal standing with federation agents high enough to get better agents
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.02 11:21:00 - [390] Originally by: Normal citizen I'm trying to raise my gallente federation standing, but I don't want to lose my caldari state standing while doing that, as I've already worked so hard to get it to where it is. My Federation standing is high enough to not get shot at, but it's very hard to get my personal standing with federation agents high enough to get better agents Well, you need above -2.00 Gallente Faction standing to access Gallente agents above level 1. Caldari will go down while bringing Gallente up. It's a give and take type of situation. Good point about this is that Amarr Event Agents will also add Faction standing increase to Caldari with very little loss to Gallente standing. However Minmatar Faction will get hit hard. If you have above -5.00 Faction standing with all Empire Factions, you can do the SoE level 1 Epic Arc and complete it for Gallente to get +8.75% Faction standing increase with no standing hit to the other Factions. I don't know what else to say except maybe train up Connections to help boost Caldari Faction standings while you work at raising up Gallente standings. Social and Negotiation skills will also help raise Gallente standings by increasing the reward gained from completing missions. Good luck to you. DMC

Delucian	Posted - 2011.07.02 14:02:00 - [391] Edited by: Delucian on 02/07/2011 14:04:05 DMC - I am just trying to get my faction standing to the point where I can travel in Gallente space without them pew pew webbin me so I can join Red vs Blue for some PVP'ing. My standing currently is -5.26 (was -7.38 before I trained Diplomacy ) Anyhow, where does it have to be before I can travel safely? (aka - what is my quickest route through your plan to improve it to just get me travelin around the Gallente cosmos? Edit; BTW, very nice plan. Good to see players helping others (like me).
Isabella Thresher Fat Kitty Inc. Excuses.	Posted - 2011.07.02 16:40:00 - [392] Edited by: Isabella Thresher on 02/07/2011 16:41:58 Edited by: Isabella Thresher on 02/07/2011 16:41:00 Edited by: Isabella Thresher on 02/07/2011 16:40:34 hello, and thanks for the nice guide. i am trying to get caldari standing above 0, while keeping my gallente standing high. so i flew all 9 starter datacenter missions for caldari, and noticed that for every increase in caldari, i got a more than 50% decrease in gallente. e.g.: 1.875% caldari increase and -1.1856% gallente decrease does that mean that when constantly doing 16 gallente and 16 caldari missions, my standings will more or less keep the same, or do both rise, but slowly? would you guys recommend me to do always 16 gal vs 16 cald or would you recommend me to do derived faction missions (e.g. sisters of eve lower caldari not as hard as a gallente storyline mission, but still raise gallente reasonably good) ? which approach is rising both factions faster? there was a very interesting thread about this ( http://www.eve-search.com/thread/632650/page/1#2 ) but for me, this one question still needs an answer. thanks for any comments! cheers!
QbusPuchatek Amarr Ministry of War	Posted - 2011.07.02 19:53:00 - [393] Sisters of EVE Epic arc does not working. I do it today with no ANY standing changes. This can be a bug I wrote a petition and waiting on answer. But i think that after patch CCP remove factions standings increase from all of the Arc,, so as removing utorial agents. sorry for my English
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.02 19:59:00 - [394] Originally by: Delucian DMC - I am just trying to get my faction standing to the point where I can travel in Gallente space without them pew pew webbin me so I can join Red vs Blue for some PVP'ing. My standing currently is -5.26 (was -7.38 before I trained Diplomacy ) Anyhow, where does it have to be before I can travel safely? (aka - what is my quickest route through your plan to improve it to just get me travelin around the Gallente cosmos? Edit; BTW, very nice plan. Good to see players helping others (like me). Delucian, thanks. The Faction standing needs to be above -5.00 to travel safely in that specific Factions space. If you haven't maxed out the Diplomacy skill yet, train another level. If it is maxed, hopefully Minmatar Faction is above -5.00 standing. If so, do a couple of missions for the Minmatar Event Agents until Gallente is above -5.00 Faction standing. If Minmatar Faction standing is lower than Gallente, you'll have to grind regular level 1 missions (16 + storyline) for a Gallente Agent in a Corporation located in friendly space until the Faction is above -5.00 standing, then you can start working the 'Plan' to reach the desired amount of Faction standing wanted. DMC Originally by: Isabella Thresher hello, and thanks for the nice guide. i am trying to get caldari standing above 0, while keeping my gallente standing high. so i flew all 9 starter datacenter missions for caldari, and noticed that for every increase in caldari, i got a more than 50% decrease in gallente. e.g.: 1.875% caldari increase and -1.1856% gallente decrease does that mean that when constantly doing 16 gallente and 16 caldari missions, my standings will more or less keep the same, or do both rise, but slowly? would you guys recommend me to do always 16 gal vs 16 cald or would you recommend me to do derived faction missions (e.g. sisters of eve lower caldari not as hard as a gallente storyline mission, but still raise gallente reasonably good) ? which approach is rising both factions faster? there was a very interesting thread about this ( http://www.eve-search.com/thread/632650/page/1#2 ) but for me, this one question still needs an answer. thanks for any comments! cheers! Isabella Thresher, you're welcome. Your situation is similar to another player - Normal citizen - which is just a couple of replies above. Since you've already completed the level 1 Data Center agents for Caldari, do the Amarr level 1 Data Center agents. That will lower the amount of negative Faction standings incurred by Gallente. For every positive Faction standing gained, that Factions enemy will incure a smaller negative Faction standing hit. The same applies to their allies. Basically it's 1 step forward and 1/2 step back. This is the reason for keeping an eye on the standings and doing the 'Bounce' action. After 'Bouncing' round between all Empire Factions, the end result is about 1/2 step forward for all Factions. While working this 'Plan' or just doing regular missions + storyline, always check the standings and 'Bounce' to the lowest Faction standing listed. The 16 + storyline missions might need to be done a couple of times for one specific Faction due to the type of storyline missions offered. If you decline all encounter missions against Empire Factions and bounce around between the Factions when needed, all Faction standings will rise. Completing missions for the Event Agents listed in this 'Plan' is the quickest way to raise Faction standings. I know a few players that go by the old method posted in that link. And it is an old method. Things have changed since the time that was posted. As I've said before, this thread is just a 'Plan' and can be worked various different ways, depending on how far you want to take it. I hope this has helped both of you. I wish you both good luck and much success. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.02 20:13:00 - [395] Originally by: QbusPuchatek Sisters of EVE Epic arc does not working. I do it today with no ANY standing changes. This can be a bug I wrote a petition and waiting on answer. But i think that after patch CCP remove factions standings increase from all of the Arc,, so as removing utorial agents. sorry for my English QbusPuchatek, no need to be sorry about your English. I understand you completely and thanks for the update. This last expansion has more bugs in it than all the other ones that I remember. CCP will add a Faction standing increase for the arc as well as any other Event Agent mission listed in this 'Plan' if it's not added automatically. Just have to do what you did, file a petition in-game. I hope CCP get's this straighten out asap. Thanks again and good luck. DMC
Tchal'la Caldari Tachyon Training	Posted - 2011.07.03 04:34:00 - [396] DMC, One other source of faction standing you left out of the plan: The lvl 1 Data Center courier missions give you a signed graduation certificate. If you do a Show Info on it, it will give you a contact in another system to take it to. If you do, they will give you a 6-mission arc with an embedded 3-mission mini-arc. Both the mini-arc and the regular arc give faction standing.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.03 04:58:00 - [397] Originally by: Tchal'la DMC, One other source of faction standing you left out of the plan: The lvl 1 Data Center courier missions give you a signed graduation certificate. If you do a Show Info on it, it will give you a contact in another system to take it to. If you do, they will give you a 6-mission arc with an embedded 3-mission mini-arc. Both the mini-arc and the regular arc give faction standing. Tchal'la, thanks. I appreciate any and all efforts to find other sources of Faction standing increase. However, if you check here, you'll see that information is already included in the 'Plan'. Thanks again and please continue looking for any other ways to increase Faction standings or for URL guide links with more current information. As always, I'll be sure to update and edit this 'Plan' asap. DMC
Delucian	Posted - 2011.07.03 22:06:00 - [398] Quote: Delucian, thanks. The Faction standing needs to be above -5.00 to travel safely in that specific Factions space. If you haven't maxed out the Diplomacy skill yet, train another level. If it is maxed, hopefully Minmatar Faction is above -5.00 standing. If so, do a couple of missions for the Minmatar Event Agents until Gallente is above -5.00 Faction standing. If Minmatar Faction standing is lower than Gallente, you'll have to grind regular level 1 missions (16 + storyline) for a Gallente Agent in a Corporation located in friendly space until the Faction is above -5.00 standing, then you can start working the 'Plan' to reach the desired amount of Faction standing wanted. DMC Ok, did a few things first. Working on maxing out my Diplomacy skill. I went out to Gallente space to try to do tutorial missions, but I guess my standing is too low to be able to do that, could not get any agents. So, in what you noted above, my standing with Minnie's is only a -1.38. So will getting one of their agents in Caldari space (I can find one in The Citidel), improve my standing with each mission? I tried getting a Gallente agent, and did some griding of L1's to get a Story Line, but after 16 missions and 1 SL, my status improved by .06! Anyhow, just confirming (before I waste more time) that getting a Minnie agent will move this along. Also, will ratting in Gallente space help me any? Thanks
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.04 01:28:00 - [399] Originally by: Delucian Quote: Delucian, thanks. The Faction standing needs to be above -5.00 to travel safely in that specific Factions space. If you haven't maxed out the Diplomacy skill yet, train another level. If it is maxed, hopefully Minmatar Faction is above -5.00 standing. If so, do a couple of missions for the Minmatar Event Agents until Gallente is above -5.00 Faction standing. If Minmatar Faction standing is lower than Gallente, you'll have to grind regular level 1 missions (16 + storyline) for a Gallente Agent in a Corporation located in friendly space until the Faction is above -5.00 standing, then you can start working the 'Plan' to reach the desired amount of Faction standing wanted. DMC Ok, did a few things first. Working on maxing out my Diplomacy skill. I went out to Gallente space to try to do tutorial missions, but I guess my standing is too low to be able to do that, could not get any agents. So, in what you noted above, my standing with Minnie's is only a -1.38. So will getting one of their agents in Caldari space (I can find one in The Citidel), improve my standing with each mission? I tried getting a Gallente agent, and did some griding of L1's to get a Story Line, but after 16 missions and 1 SL, my status improved by .06! Anyhow, just confirming (before I waste more time) that getting a Minnie agent will move this along. Also, will ratting in Gallente space help me any? Thanks Delucian, I think we have a communication breakdown. I probably misunderstood what it is exactly that you want to do. I believe you said you wanted to raise Gallente Faction standing above -5.00 to safely travel in Gallente space without being attacked by the NPC Navy. All level 1 Agents are available to everyone regardless of standings. The 'old' Tutorial Agents have been retired by the new Aura NPE. The level 1 Event Agents (Career, Circle, Data Center and Cosmos) should be available to you. The URL links posted in this 'Plan' list the locations of the Event Agents. All Event Agents listed in this 'Plan' give Faction standing increase for completing their mission series. Most of them can only be completed once in the life of the character. Each standing increase for a specific Faction will incur derived standings (Positive and Negative) towards the other Factions. The only exception to that are the Epic Arcs. Ratting won't help raise Faction standings. Completing missions (16 + storyline) for regular Agents will take a long time since only the storyline mission will give Faction standing increase. Going with the different options I had posted to you earlier, you should have been able to access the Gallente Event Agents safely. If no access to the Gallente level 1 Event Agents, file a petition in-game - character stuck. Bottom line: Besides training the Social skills, you'll have to travel to the Event Agents and complete their mission series to quickly gain Faction standing increase. I hope this clears things up for you. DMC
Delucian	Posted - 2011.07.04 04:27:00 - [400] DMC - thanks so much. It was probably my missunderstanding. No worries. Anyhow, my next level of Diplomacy finished tonight and I am down to a -4.51, so problem solved. However, I will keep your plan bookmarked for future reference. I really appreciate your dedication to answering our questions.

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.04 05:28:00 - [401] Originally by: Delucian DMC - thanks so much. It was probably my missunderstanding. No worries. Anyhow, my next level of Diplomacy finished tonight and I am down to a -4.51, so problem solved. However, I will keep your plan bookmarked for future reference. I really appreciate your dedication to answering our questions. Delucian, you're welcome. Congratz on now being above -5.00 Faction standing. You should be able to travel safely to complete missions for the Event Agents. Diplomacy skill is just a temporary fix. Completing Anti-Empire Faction encounter missions will cause the standing to drop back down below -5.00. To access high level agents above level 1, need to have the required amount of Corporation standing with Faction standing above -2.00. Level 1 = always available Level 2 = +1.00 standing Level 3 = +3.00 standing Level 4 = +5.00 standing Level 5 = +7.00 standing Right now my advice is complete the Level 1 SoE arc for Gallente. It will give you +8.75% Faction standing increase with no derived standings incurred and can be completed every 3 months. Then later you can do the other Event Agent missions listed in this 'Plan' whenever needed to stay above -5.00 Faction standing. Anyway, good luck to you in whatever you decide. DMC
Isri Gythral	Posted - 2011.07.08 07:32:00 - [402] Thanks for a great plan. This has helped me and saved alot of time getting the standing for the level 4 Epic Arcs.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.08 11:12:00 - [403] Isri Gythral, you're welcome. It's good to hear the 'Plan' helped you and thanks for posting. I hope you have continued good luck. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.08 11:29:00 - [404] Originally by: Delucian As a final question; Can I run most agent missions and avoid either event or storyline missions and keep my standing pretty neutral? Well, if you decline all encounter missions against Empire Factions and decline all Storyline mission offers, yes the Faction standings will stay the same. However, the Storyline missions usually have excellent rewards and would be a shame to decline all of those. The only Storyline missions I decline are encounter missions against Empire Factions. I suggest you keep watch on your Faction standings and when needed, complete a few of the Event Agent missions listed in this 'Plan' to stay above -5.00 Faction standing for safe travel. Actually it would be better to keep Faction standing above -2.00 for access to high level agents since there's a limited amount of level 1 Event Agents available. Another option is to 'bounce' between the Factions doing a set or two of 16 regular mission + storyline to help maintain Faction standings. I hope this helps. DMC
Lizzi Borden Gallente Non Entity	Posted - 2011.07.08 21:08:00 - [405] I normally don't throw props, I just troll, however, your guide is EXTREMELY helpful to me. Raised my standing with a faction my main was -9 with to -0.23, in less than a week, and had some fun doing it (SOE Epic Arc + Tutorial missions + Cosmos Agents). To spite buying overpriced tags to hand into agents, I actually made isk (not that I care, my main spends most of his time running 0.0 anomalies in twin carriers). Anyways, great guide and thanks again!!!
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.08 21:45:00 - [406] Lizzi Borden, you're welcome and thank you very much for not bringing the ax down on me. It's always good to hear how this 'Plan' has helped players. I hope you have continued good luck and much success with your career. Thanks for posting and please feel free to refer the 'Plan' to other players who can benefit from it. DMC
Merii Kha'sen Amarr Unity Exploration	Posted - 2011.07.09 01:13:00 - [407] Hey, I just wanted to post and say thank you for this Plan - I'm working on getting my standing up just so I have locator agents in every place in the galaxy. One question - is it possible to fix my standing with Sansha, etc. without tanking my Empire faction? I doubt it just looking at the standings charts, but I wanted to see if it was possible anyway.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.09 11:46:00 - [408] Originally by: Merii Kha'sen Hey, I just wanted to post and say thank you for this Plan - I'm working on getting my standing up just so I have locator agents in every place in the galaxy. One question - is it possible to fix my standing with Sansha, etc. without tanking my Empire faction? I doubt it just looking at the standings charts, but I wanted to see if it was possible anyway. Merii Kha'sen, you're welcome. I hope the 'Plan' helps you to quickly gain access to those Agents. About repairing Sansha standing without tanking Empire standing, that's a very good question. Besides training Diplomacy, the only option at this time to repair Sansha Faction standing with very little derived negative standings towards Empire is to start the Amarr level 4 Epic Arc and complete it for Sansha. That will give about +12.00% Faction standing increase which can be completed every 3 months. Hope that helps. DMC
lee boots	Posted - 2011.07.09 23:25:00 - [409] this has been most helpful to me in the past so thought a bump would be in order : ) I pass this thread on to any body i see or hear of needing help : ) Gratz to a great thread and to all those reposting to help this along : ) o7 Fly safe
Merii Kha'sen Amarr Unity Exploration	Posted - 2011.07.11 01:33:00 - [410] Hi, One more question about this. When you say do all the level 1 data center missions, do you mean EVERY SINGLE ONE on the page http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Data_Centers? Some of the tags are around 1 mil each for the level 1s, much less the level 2s through 4s. Any ideas on getting the tags without paying a ton?

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.11 02:59:00 - [411] Originally by: lee boots this has been most helpful to me in the past so thought a bump would be in order : ) I pass this thread on to any body i see or hear of needing help : ) Gratz to a great thread and to all those reposting to help this along : ) o7 Fly safe lee boots, thank you very much for posting this. I appreciate and enjoy hearing that the 'Plan' is being referred to other players when needed. Please continue doing that as often as you like. I wish you plenty of good luck and much success in your Eve career. DMC Originally by: Merii Kha'sen Hi, One more question about this. When you say do all the level 1 data center missions, do you mean EVERY SINGLE ONE on the page http://wiki.eveonline.com/en/wiki/Data_Centers? Some of the tags are around 1 mil each for the level 1s, much less the level 2s through 4s. Any ideas on getting the tags without paying a ton? This 'Plan' should be worked in sections for each specific Faction. Basically starting with the highest negative Faction above -5.00 standing. The 'Plan' states to complete all of the level 1 Data Center 'Cert' missions first, then complete the rest of the level 1 Data Center Agents (for that Faction). Each Faction has about 7 or 8 different level 1 Data Center Agents located in 3 different systems. 3 of those agents offer the 'Cert' mission and the others offer the 'Tag' mission. The original 'Plan' is only the first 4 posts but there's a lot more information contained within this entire thread due to questions, answers and feedback. The question about acquiring Tags is covered here. Anyway, good luck to you. Hope this answers your question. DMC
Kate Rygel	Posted - 2011.07.16 18:22:00 - [412] The Amarr circle Agent quests do not give any Faction standings since the Incarna patch (one of the million bugs they introduced no doubt)
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.17 02:35:00 - [413] Originally by: Kate Rygel The Amarr circle Agent quests do not give any Faction standings since the Incarna patch (one of the million bugs they introduced no doubt) Kate Rygel. I don't doubt it. Seems a lot of the Event Agents that give Faction standing increase are not adding it automatically. Only one Circle Agent in the group will give a Faction Standing increase. Doesn't matter how many times the circle is completed, the Faction Standing increase is only granted the first time by one Agent. One of the missions should have had 'Important Storyline mission' listed in the journal. The amount of Faction standing increase is small (between 0.25% to 0.50%) and you might not notice it when looking at your Faction standings. Open Character sheet - Standings - Right click on the Faction and select 'Show Transactions'. If this is the first time you've completed the Circle Agents and it's not listed, file a petition in game and ask for the Faction standing increase to be credited to the character. I hope this problem of Event Agents not giving Faction standing increase is fixed asap. Good luck, DMC
Hockston Axe Amarr	Posted - 2011.07.17 03:14:00 - [414] Let me say that DMC is *THE* standings expert, and the Faction Standings Repair Plan is awesome. Thanks for all your efforts DMC. But I might also note that as long as you train diplo up and don't shoot faction ships there is no need to balance faction standings due to the max cutoffs with derived standings. You can be +10 with Amarr/Caldari and still safely go into Gal/Minnie space.
Enkill Eridos Draconian Enforcers Available To Hire	Posted - 2011.07.17 07:52:00 - [415] I would reccommend this to anyone new to mission running in EVE. This has helped me as a noob training learning skills..I know learning skills are no longer in the game but even a noob ship can start this plan, with the tutorials. This is how I learned how to run missions all over the universe, and not be kos'd by other the other empires. For example I can run level 4 missions for all of the factions in empire..
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.07.18 04:24:00 - [416] Thanks guys, it's always good to see positive constructive replies posted in this thread. DMC ------- Hockston Axe, Thanks, I do admit to being very knowledgeable about standings but I wouldn't say I'm THE Standings Expert. As for what you posted, yeah a brand new character wouldn't have to worry about it. But after a while the standings will still go down. Depending on which Faction is being built up, it could cause problems to safely enter into other Factions space. At -5.00 or lower Faction standing, Navy NPC's will attack. At -2.00 or lower Faction standing, no access to agents above level 1. For Example: Thukker Tribe will cause: Ammatar Mandate drop to -7.00 Amarr Empire drop to -5.00 Kahnid Kingdom drop to -3.00 Caldari State drop to -2.00 Gallente Federation drop to -1.00 ----------- Enkill Eridos, Thanks, hearing how this 'Plan' helped you as a brand new player is most excellent. Good advice about the Cosmic_Anomaly. Yes, I agree that Pirate Faction Tags do drop more so in Cosmic Anomaly's than elsewhere. However, it's still a random drop and will take a long time to gain the required amount of tags needed for Data Center missions. The above link, Cosmic Anomaly, has been recently updated with correct information. Now about your Shameless Promotion: It's always good to have access to a Protection Service when needed. You've been added to my Contact list with excellent standing.
Merii Kha'sen Amarr Unity Exploration	Posted - 2011.08.01 03:58:00 - [417] Edited by: Merii Kha''sen on 01/08/2011 04:03:18 How do I figure out where the break even point for derived standings is? Is it 10-abs(standing) for negative factions? For example, does that mean the max base faction standing (excluding minimal derived standing sources, such as epic arcs), before skills, for all of the 4 main empire factions is +5? Each of them has -5 against their opposite and -2 vs their opposite's ally.
Bree Badasaz	Posted - 2011.08.01 04:38:00 - [418]
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.08.01 07:21:00 - [419] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 01/08/2011 07:23:14 Originally by: Merii Kha'sen Edited by: Merii Kha''sen on 01/08/2011 04:03:18 How do I figure out where the break even point for derived standings is? Is it 10-abs(standing) for negative factions? For example, does that mean the max base faction standing (excluding minimal derived standing sources, such as epic arcs), before skills, for all of the 4 main empire factions is +5? Each of them has -5 against their opposite and -2 vs their opposite's ally. Merii Kha'sen, thanks for posting. The general consensus is that at +5.00 base standing the 2 opposing Factions will no longer advance in standing. The amount of standing gain for 1 Faction is equal to the amount of standing loss for the other. Bouncing between the 2 would just keep them equal. I can't verify this and I'm no mathematician. CCP has done a lot of major changes to the game recently. This Standings_mechanics page has the formula's. Hopefully it's still correct and hasn't been changed by CCP. This Standing_Relationships table is updated to match the current Inter-Faction standings. Since the Epic Arcs can be repeated every 3 months for Faction standing increase with little to no derived standings incurred towards the other Factions, the base standings can get much higher than +5.00. It'll just take time. DMC ----------------------- Originally by: Bree Badasaz Bree Badasaz, Why the mad face?
K Minor	Posted - 2011.08.01 07:47:00 - [420] Very nice job, this is an excellent guide. Just wanted to double check something though. You list Epic Arcs as being available with a faction standing of 5.0 or more. Are you sure this is true? It was always 6.8 and I not sure the new mechanics of agent access affected the Epic Arc agents. I recently got my corp standings with Ministry of Internal Order up to 5.1 or so and couldn't run the Epic Arc. I ran a few more lvl 4's and was able to access the starting agent for the Amarr Epic Arc once I hit 6.8 with Ministry of Internal Order. I don't remember my Amarr faction standings, but I think it was around 4.0 when I started the Arc. I'm currently working on accessing the Gallente Epic Arc through standings with Impetus, so I can post an update if needed.

DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.08.01 10:04:00 - [421] K Minor, Thanks. The best way to check is to bring up the agent info box while in game. I already had access to all of the lv 4 epic arc starting agents before the agent expansion patch was done so it doesn't list the required standings for me. However, I had someone else in game check the level 4 epic arc starting agent standing requirement and it states: > Your personal standings must be +5.0 or higher towards this agent, it's faction, or it's corporation in order to use this this agent's services. < I also had that player check the level 3 Empire Faction starting agent for the Pirate epic arc which stated players need +3.0 or higher standing needed. I then checked the Pirate Faction starting agent info box which stated above -2.0 standing is needed. I'm not sure why the lv 3 Empire agent and the lv 3 Pirate agent show different standing requirements. Maybe it's due to my having -6.0 modified standings towards the Pirate Factions since Faction standing needs to be above -2.0 to access higher level agents. Or maybe CCP has made the Pirates easier to access. I do know that logging out and then logging back into the game is usually required after gaining the required amount of standing. That allows the server to update the characters current standings and gives the character access to the agent. Anyway, please post an update on the standing requirement for the new level 4 epic arc agent. DMC
Killer Zenobia	Posted - 2011.08.02 02:18:00 - [422] Edited by: Killer Zenobia on 02/08/2011 02:18:57 Very nice guide. Helped out a lot.
XDarkzz	Posted - 2011.08.02 05:21:00 - [423] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Right now my advice is complete the Level 1 SoE arc for Gallente. It will give you +8.75% Faction standing increase with no derived standings incurred and can be completed every 3 months. I'm sorry for bringing this thread back but I'm kind of lost, how do you go about doing the SoE arc for Gallente and can it only be done for Gallente or can I do it for Minmatar also? P.S. I'm sorry if I am making you repeat something if it previously already been answered...
K Minor	Posted - 2011.08.02 06:06:00 - [424] Originally by: DeMichael Crimson K Minor, I do know that logging out and then logging back into the game is usually required after gaining the required amount of standing. That allows the server to update the characters current standings and gives the character access to the agent. Anyway, please post an update on the standing requirement for the new level 4 epic arc agent. Thanks for the quick reply. Looks like you're correct. I have standings of 5.6 or so with Impetus and just began the Gallente Epic Arc. I must've tried accessing the Amarr Epic Arc without first logging off and on last time. Thanks for the help and thanks for the guide. Again, excellent work on this...I wish all guides were this thorough.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.08.02 10:03:00 - [425] Killer Zenobia, Thanks. I'm glad the 'Plan' helped you. -------------- Originally by: XDarkzz Edited by: XDarkzz on 02/08/2011 05:38:15 Originally by: DeMichael Crimson Right now my advice is complete the Level 1 SoE arc for Gallente. It will give you +8.75% Faction standing increase with no derived standings incurred and can be completed every 3 months. I'm sorry for bringing this thread back but I'm kind of lost, how do you go about doing the SoE arc for Gallente and can it only be done for Gallente or can I do it for Minmatar also? Also I seem to be researching it up a bit but I can't seem to find out an answer... Does it give faction standing or is it just something you can do for fun and other rewards? P.S. I'm sorry if I am making you repeat something if it previously already been answered... XDarkzz, No need to be sorry. The SoE level 1 Epic Arc has an option towards the end of it for players to choose 1 of the 4 major Empire Factions (Amarr, Caldari, Gallente, Minmatar) for Faction standing increase. The arc can be repeated every 3 months and players can choose a different Faction each time or go with the same Faction as before. The SoE level 1 Epic Arc has players travel throughout all Factions high security systems so to complete it safely without being attacked by Navy NPC's, all Empire Faction standings should be above -5.00 standing and the players personal security status should be above -2.00 standing. I hope this has helped clear things up for you. ------------ K Minor, Thanks for the update. If there's any doubts about the info listed in this 'Plan', please feel free to post it. I'll be sure to research it asap. I hope you have good luck doing the Epic Arcs. DMC
Octarius Eskravu	Posted - 2011.08.02 21:12:00 - [426] Edited by: Octarius Eskravu on 02/08/2011 21:15:08 Hi DMC...what about pirate factions? what can be done to raise that? there are no COSMOS, data centers, etc ( i think ) ... so it all comes to grind L1s to get storylines until your faction gets positive? or is it other strategies? PS- the pirates im seeking standings are the Serpentis FYI
Merii Kha'sen Amarr Unity Exploration	Posted - 2011.08.03 01:19:00 - [427] Edited by: Merii Kha''sen on 03/08/2011 01:20:01 Originally by: Octarius Eskravu Edited by: Octarius Eskravu on 02/08/2011 21:15:08 Hi DMC...what about pirate factions? what can be done to raise that? there are no COSMOS, data centers, etc ( i think ) ... so it all comes to grind L1s to get storylines until your faction gets positive? or is it other strategies? PS- the pirates im seeking standings are the Serpentis FYI I asked this the bit earlier but the answer was "epic arcs" since they can boost pirate faction without dropping empire much. And yeah, grind pirate faction missions, but be warned that'll absolutely bomb your empire faction.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.08.03 12:17:00 - [428] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 03/08/2011 12:17:43 Originally by: Octarius Eskravu Edited by: Octarius Eskravu on 02/08/2011 21:15:08 Hi DMC...what about pirate factions? what can be done to raise that? there are no COSMOS, data centers, etc ( i think ) ... so it all comes to grind L1s to get storylines until your faction gets positive? or is it other strategies? PS- the pirates im seeking standings are the Serpentis FYI Octarius Eskravu, that's a very good question. According to this, Serpentis have a +8.00 standing with Angel Cartel. To get positive standings with Serpentis without a lot of grinding, first stop killing Serpentis. Having Diplomacy, Criminal Connections, Social and Negotiation skills trained up will help a lot. Since Angel and Serpentis like each other, complete the Angel Cartel level 3 Pirate Epic Arc for +30% (base) Faction standing increase. That should unlock the higher Angel Cartel agents. Angel Cartel has 5 different Cosmos agents, completing those missions will give positive derived standings to Serpentis. Pirate Cosmos Agents After completing those missions, it shouldn't take very long to gain access to high level Serpentis agents. Hope this info helps and good luck to you. DMC
Substantia Nigra	Posted - 2011.08.16 22:29:00 - [429] Thanks very much. 'The Plan' made a huge difference to my amarr rehabilitation program. I started out not-as-badly-as-many with a mere -3.9 amarr faction standing. Not having yet found the plan I setup a base and started grinding away at lvl1 missions. Many, many, many missions later I was heartily sick of it and had only rehabilitated myself to -2.8!! Then I found the plan. In one evening session I had run four of the five career agents in one nearby amarr station and my faction standings was at -1.6. Four of the five career agents gave me +1.8% faction standings and the later fifth (exploration) gave me half of that .... around +10% for a few hours effort! I also learned a bit about using lasers on the way :-) I'm off to do the same with another group of career agents and should soon be in the amarr good-books with a standing >0.0. Thanks DMC, very muchy appreciated ... and wish I'd found it earlier.
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.08.17 02:55:00 - [430] Edited by: DeMichael Crimson on 17/08/2011 02:55:46 Substantia Nigra, You're very welcome. That's excellent info to hear. I'm glad the 'Plan' is working for you and I wish you much success working it in the future. Sorry you didn't know about the 'Plan' before you started working on your rehabilitation. DMC

Caren Patriach	Posted - 2011.08.25 04:48:00 - [431] Edited by: Caren Patriach on 25/08/2011 04:52:19 can i ask a little bit sir DMC? 1. epic arc can only done for standing each time for 3 month? 2. aside of epic arc and data center also cosmos that once a lifetime mission what is best to faction repair plan ( more effective and faster ) 3. i have a bunch of elektra tag. can i do one of the data center mission for faction repair repair repeatly? thanks a lot
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.08.25 11:36:00 - [432] Originally by: Caren Patriach Edited by: Caren Patriach on 25/08/2011 04:52:19 can i ask a little bit sir DMC? 1. epic arc can only done for standing each time for 3 month? 2. aside of epic arc and data center also cosmos that once a lifetime mission what is best to faction repair plan ( more effective and faster ) 3. i have a bunch of elektra tag. can i do one of the data center mission for faction repair repair repeatly? thanks a lot Caren Patriach, good questions. 1. Yes, Epic Arcs can be repeated every 3 months for Faction standing increase with little to no derived standings towards the other Factions. 2. The Data Center 'Cert' and 'Tag' missions are the fastest way to gain Faction standing if you have plenty of ISK available. 3. No, only the Epic Arcs can be repeated. All of the other Event Agents listed in the 'Plan' can only be completed once during the characters lifetime. The 'Plan' is basically already set up to follow with a few different options available depending on how you want to proceed. If you have a surplus of a specific Pirate Tag, sell the extra to help pay for other Tags. I hope this info helps and I wish you much success. DMC
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.09.04 11:09:00 - [433] Hello everyone, guess the new forums are going to be reactivated again. I'll make sure to post a more detailed version of this 'Plan' on the new forums. DMC
vandyne	Posted - 2011.09.08 10:06:00 - [434] If you are fleeted with a person who has super bad standings with a faction, ie below -5.0 with diplomacy 5, do they still get the standing increases. Thanks
DeMichael Crimson Minmatar Republic University	Posted - 2011.09.09 00:43:00 - [435] vandyne, thanks for posting. Faction standing increase is not shared between Fleet members. Only the character who accepted the Agent mission will get the Faction standing increase. All Fleet members will get Corporation and Agent standing increase along with a share of the rewards. Hope this info helps. DMC


Pages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .. 15 :: [one page]

COPYRIGHT NOTICE
EVE Online, the EVE logo, EVE and all associated logos and designs are the intellectual property of CCP hf. All artwork, screenshots, characters, vehicles, storylines, world facts or other recognizable features of the intellectual property relating to these trademarks are likewise the intellectual property of CCP hf. EVE Online and the EVE logo are the registered trademarks of CCP hf. All rights are reserved worldwide. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. CCP hf. has granted permission to EVE-Search.com to use EVE Online and all associated logos and designs for promotional and information purposes on its website but does not endorse, and is not in any way affiliated with, EVE-Search.com. CCP is in no way responsible for the content on or functioning of this website, nor can it be liable for any damage arising from the use of this website.